Home

ServoWorks S-100T Operator`s Manual

1. 7 7 SERVO X SERYO Z SPINDLE Figure 16 1 Window Showing Alarms When E STOP Has Been Activated Use the button if the computer behaves unexpectedly The button does the following e Resets all variables back to their default values e Clears memory clears internal control flags or status clears alarms and alarm signals e If the spindle is running before you press the button then the spindle will be stopped 16 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 16 Troubleshooting e All the servo spindle drives will be off regardless of whether or not they were on before pressing the button DH Then you need to turn each servo drive on by clicking the ON button for each drive or clicking on any or all of the buttons on the bottom toolbar Cycle Time amp 00 00 00 Mach Pos Prog Pos enon Spindle a mm mm i OFFSET X 0000 000 0000 000 Locks Z 0000 000 0000 000 Seryo Start X ao Z Home HOME E STO P e Servo Switch l 2 Stroke HELP X Z Xiao Z JEE ECA ESTA Overtrayel EEE x ON ON Fa xP MAIN SERVO X SERVO Y SPINDLE Figure 16 2 Window Showing Servo Drive Controls 16 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL AESA Chapter 16 Troubleshooting 16 2 Using the Flight Recorder for Debugging Servo
2. cccccccecccccccccceecansessesseeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseasessssseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaaasesses 5 10 BN W a E E E E A 5 10 ELNI Wy a ATO e E E cosanseetedacaiae 5 10 5 3 3 Changing the Orientation Plane Of a Plot cece cceccccccccccccccccaeaeseeesseeesececceeeeeeeeseaaaasseseeeeseseeeeeeeess 5 11 5 3 4 Changing the Scale of a Plot Zooming In and Out cc ecsseesssssseseeeeeecceeeeeeeeeaaeaassessseeeeeeeeeseeeess 5 12 5 3 5 Moving the Plot Within the Plot Area ccsssssssssseeeeccececeeceeecaaeseseseseseeeceeeeeeesesaeaaassssasassneeeeeeeeess 5 12 o a APO geet cat sent atsw qesst E oa diane ea iemaep annette etoaepib ve coda uetmaerdnndneteeestaen orca ceuauesteaiuend 5 13 Dea MONG Ae EO EE PTEE E T EE E TE E A A ET E 5 13 Ne Met PTO N OE e E S E E E E O 5 13 Chapter 6 Manually Operating Mhe Late nisnin 6 1 A A a a A E EEE E O 6 1 6 2 Using the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches cseeessesseeeeeceeeeeeeeceaaaessenseseecececeeeeeeeeaaaaaaseeseeeeeeeeess 6 2 6 2 1 Using the Machine Lock Switch in a Manual Mode uu cccssssssssseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeecnseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaas 6 2 6 2 2 Using the Interlock Switch in a Manual Mode cccccccccccccccsnnssessseseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeuaaeaeenseseseeeeeeeeaaaas 6 3 6 2 3 The Difference Between the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches 0 0 00 cccesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 6 4 Chapter 7 Starting and Stopping the Spindle Using Spindle Mode ssssssss
3. MF RP SS MAINPROG_DEMO dat i E 100 GEJ Wessssssssssssssse5eee5ee55 5 MAINPROG_DEMO dat ti EICCA i alala Ovehtravel i OSUBPROG_DEMO dat Program Files J SoftServo RESET I i l X i Hie l l Z ED aS MAIN d HS E vh 1 ay x FILE NAME FILE LIST FOLDER DRIVE SELECT UP DOWN QUIT OPEN File Name Text Box Path Window This window displays the folder location the path address File List Box This list box displays the contents of the Drive Pull Down Menu This pull down menu displays selected folder the selected drive Figure 13 4 Editor Mode Window for Opening a File 2 If you re not in the drive you want to be in the drive where the file you re trying to load is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the drive 3 If you re not in the folder you want to be in the folder where the file you re trying to load is located rover button on the bottom toolbar a Press the 13 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs b Press the UP and __pown__ buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder YB c Press the sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps
4. BKP FILE MOY FILE DEL FILE Figure 13 1 Editor Mode Window 13 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs dd lt lt If you press the __ more or the __ Back buttons on the bottom toolbar of the Auto Window it toggles you between the two bottom toolbars each of which are shown in Figure 13 1 13 3 Using the G Code and M Code Reference Tools The G code and M code reference tools are handy reference guides to quickly remind you of G code and M code definitions For instance if you can t remember which G code is for Inch Input you can use the G code reference tool to quickly view a list of G codes available to you in ServoWorks S 100T While this is quite convenient if you are unfamiliar with the specifics of the M codes or G codes you want to use what parameters go with each G code etc we recommend that you refer to ServoWorks S 100T Part Programming Manual while using the Editor The following steps will guide you in using the G code and M code reference tools 1 Use the Ld button on the bottom toolbar to toggle you among three options a The Find Tool shown as GEE b The G Code Reference Tool shown as Sta c The M Code Reference Tool shown as TE The active option will be shown with bright green text Select either the G code reference tool or the M code reference tool your preference Choosing the option makes
5. 14 8 2 What Are Workpiece Zero Point Offsets Workpiece Coordinates Workpiece zero point offsets workpiece coordinates allow you to assign multiple part origins in one program to produce a number of identical workpieces from one part program You will need to set your workpiece coordinates before you run production You should change your workpiece coordinates every time you open a new part program to run The workpiece coordinate systems are selectable with G codes G54 G59 which are called from within the part programs with no parameters the parameters or arguments are taken from the settings in the Coordinates Counter Mode Window 14 8 3 Accessing the External Zero Offset and the Work Point Coordinates To access the work point parameters you must get into Coordinates Counter Mode a sub mode in ServoWorks E S 100T To get into Coordinates Counter Mode press the _ wee button on the right toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T screen You will see the shown in Figure 14 20 E NOTE Ifthe _wec button is disabled appears as it s probably because you have not set the home position for your axes You must set the home position see Section 3 4 Performing a Homing Operation B aA AA Press the HOME button on the bottom toolbar then press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all ay E axes to their home positions at the same time Press the MAIN button to return to Main Mode The _ wrc button should n
6. Bit 11 Bii Bit 6 amp Btls Bt t1il amp Biti aS arith amp ha il aS a aris a Bit 01 5 fy a rr Pe Bilib Bili hap Bil Figure 5 7 I O Information Available for the VersioBus I O Module This frame displays digital input and output signals for 32 switches of general I O connectors Green 5 indicates a signal of 1 and red indicates a signal of 0 5 2 2 Using Screen Mode to Select Information to Display in the Main Display Area To specify what you want to display in the main display area press the button on the right toolbar to enter Screen Mode Screen Mode is a sub mode meaning you can enter Screen Mode from any operational mode except Configuration Mode so that you can change the display no matter what mode you are in even when motion is occurring SCREEN Nine buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in the following figure Figure 5 8 Bottom Toolbar in Screen Mode Seven of these buttons will cause a preset combination of data to display as shown in the following tables Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 5 Monitorin the Status of Operations Press this Information included in display to display this in the Main Display Area Dist To Go inch 000 0000 POS DATA This is the default display POS PLOT FP 60 1 0 K rd C Progra
7. Once you have selected the text box whose value is to be changed press the ___cne and __cue _ buttons on the bottom toolbar to increase and decrease the value in the chosen text box Holding down the function key for one of these buttons causes the value to change very quickly Quick individual key presses cause the value to decrease or increase by a value of 1 for each key press NOTE If you have a keyboard you can type in the new value for the text box that has the focus Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL are Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 3 4 Saving Your Changes to Parameters In order to save your changes you must press the __ apry button on the bottom toolbar This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system Be careful if you leave Configuration Mode without pressing the __ apry button all of your changes will be lost and you may or may not realize that your changes have not been saved kes Parameters Sayed NOTE When you have pressed the __ aprry button a message will appear on screen to indicate that your new parameters have been saved to the system registry x NOTE At any time you can press the Quit button to cancel any changes you have made since you last g x pressed the __arr y__ button Pressing the Quit button will take you back to the Configuration Mode Screen Be careful when you press the Quit button you a
8. Overtrayel Z X AXIS eX s Feedrate C High em we we we we we we we we we we we ee ee aM Bi Medium Direction 230 C Low Feedrate inch min B Interface Background Interface Foreground Interface On Status Figure 4 44 The Interface Display 4 43 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 5 The Button Display The part of the screen referred to as the button display includes the bottom and right toolbars You can only change the background of buttons you cannot change the color of the text or icons on the buttons The button display has color settings for three parts of the display Item Selection Element Button Display Setting Button Background Button On Status Sub Buttons Background Figure 4 45 The Button Display Item Selection e Button Background the dominant color of the buttons for Main Mode and all operational modes e Button On Status the dominant color of buttons indicating the current button selection e Sub Buttons Background the dominant color of buttons for all sub modes These buttons are shown in the following figure 4 44 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters i WP C C ul OFFSET Soft Servo Sub Butt
9. 17 Click the Next button in the Choose Destination Location window and a Select Program Folder window will appear as shown in the following figure Select Program Folder E x Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the existing Folders list Click Next to continue Program Folders Ardence Ale Existing Folders Administrative Tools Keyboard est Startup lt Back Cancel Figure 2 45 Ardence Select Program Folder Window 18 We recommend that you use the default program folder to add to the program list in the Start menu of your PC Or you may type a new name for the folder When you are done click the Next button and you will see the Start Copying Files window appear as shown in the following figure Start Copying Files E a x Setup has enough information to start copying the program files IF You want to review or change any settings click Back IF you are satished with the settings click Nest to begin copying files Current Settings The following product will be installed on your syste ATs Runtime Enviroment RTs Runtime installation directory C Program Files ardenceA Ta Figure 2 46 Ardence RTX Start Copying Files Window 2 29 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Brat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software 19 Now
10. 4 If you re not in the desired folder the folder where the file you re trying to load is located a Pressthe rower button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be opened 5 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ rueust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 6 Use the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the file to be opened 7 Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file 8 Press the _orenrue button on the bottom toolbar to open the selected file x NOTE If you change your mind and no longer want to load the file press the cance button on the bottom toolbar or the esc key on the panel PC Once the part program file is open the blocks of code will be displayed in the Mode Display Area as shown in Figure 14 3 To open another part program file simply repeat all the steps in the previous procedure There is no need to close the current part program file If you leave Auto Mode and return to Auto Mode the most recent part program file you had open will still b
11. Hardware Update Wizard Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware ase S J Select the manufacturer and model of pour hardware device and then click Nest IF you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Show compatible hardware Model fe E Sof MPS Multiprocessor PC _ n Ey This driver is digitally signed Tell me why driver signing i important Figure 2 22 Hardware Update Wizard Select Device Driver Window 14 Select the appropriate new HAL type a If your HAL model was ACPI Multiprocessor PC or ACPI Uniprocessor PC choose Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC b If your HAL model was MPS Multiprocessor PC or MPS Uniprocessor PC choose Standard PC 2 15 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL pase Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software Soft Servo 15 Click on the Next button You will see the following window and the driver software for the new HAL type will install automatically Hardware Update Wizard Please wait while the wizard installs the software Pr Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC ntoskrnl exe CAWINDOMW S systems2 Cancel Figure 2 23 Hardware Update Wizard Installing Window 16 When the installation is complete you will see the following message appear Hardware Update Wizard Completing the Har
12. To start the program from a specific line of code either rewinding back to a specific line of code or fast forwarding ahead to a specific line of code 1 Press the w _ button on the bottom toolbar The buttons on the bottom toolbar will change 14 33 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 2 Press the __smer wo button The Program FF BW frame will show the Go To Block No selected as shown in the following figure Program FF BW C Rewind Program Go To Block No Figure 14 23 Program FF BW Frame 2 of 2 3 Type in a block number in the text box in the Program FF BW frame lt 4 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar This will set the first line of your program to be the line you specified in the Program FF BW frame the line that will execute once you resume operations This also resets the Cycle Time to 0 00 00 NOTE If you type in a block number that doesn t exist you will get the following error message ALARM MESSAGE Alarm Code 52 Block Number is not found Figure 14 24 ALARM MESSAGE Alarm Code 52 You will need to press the button to acknowledge and erase this message 14 34 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 11 Exiting Auto Mode xe To exit Auto Mode either pre
13. a Display adapters DVONCD ROM driv Floppy dik contro I P AA Floppy disk drives IDE ATASATAPT controllers Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices Monitors i Network adapters Ports COM amp LPT Processors Sound video and game controllers 9 System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Scan For hardware changes Opens property sheet For the current selection Figure 2 18 Device Manager Window 2 12 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 1 8 9 Select the Computer node click on the symbol to see the drop down list under Computer The leaf listed below Computer is your HAL model ACPI Uniprocessor PC in the example window above HAL models for Standard Computers for Windows XP are e Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC l Acceptable settings e Standard PC e ACPI Multiprocessor PC e ACPI Uniprocessor PC Unacceptable settings need to be changed e MPS Multiprocessor PC e MPS Uniprocessor PC The next step varies depending upon your HAL model a If your HAL model is NOT listed above then RTX cannot be installed on your system Contact Soft Servo Systems Inc to discuss your options b If your HAL model is either Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC or Standard PC there is no need to change thi
14. frame coor button to toggle through and select which color spectrum you want to change The 7 Use the button toggles you through the R G and B red green and blue settings Ti e 8 Usethe __ cne and cHe buttons to select a setting for the color spectrum you have selected Holding down the function key for one of these buttons causes the value to change very quickly Quick individual key presses cause the value to decrease or increase by a value of 1 for each key press NOTE If you have a mouse you can type in the new value you want or use the slider bar to select the value you want You may have to play around with these color spectrums a bit to get a feel for it To get a solid blue for instance you can set the blue to 256 and the red and green to 0 To get the color white set all three colors to 256 To get the color black set all three colors to 0 To get the color yellow set red and green to 256 and blue to 0 9 Press the __ aprpty button on the bottom toolbar to save your change for this color setting This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system so these settings stay in effect until you change them Be careful If you continue to make more changes on another color setting without pressing the ___apety button you will lose the changes you have just made 10 Repeat steps 7 8 and 9 for the other two color spectrums w 11 Press the Path b
15. SYSTEMS INC 4 ServoWorks S 1LOOT Operator s Manual Revision 1 3 2006 Soft Servo Systems Inc Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Warning Important Notice SYSTEMS INC Warning The product described herein has the potential through misuse inattention or lack of understanding to create conditions that could result in personal injury damage to equipment or damage to the product s described herein Machinery in motion and high power high current servo drives can be dangerous potentially hazardous situations such as runaway motors could result in death burning or other serious personal injury to personnel damage to equipment or machinery or economic loss if procedures aren t followed properly Soft Servo Systems Inc assumes no liability for any personal injury property damage losses or claims arising from misapplication of its products In no event shall Soft Servo Systems Inc or its suppliers be liable to you or any other person for any incidental collateral special or consequential damages to machines or products including without limitation property damage damages for loss of profits loss of customers loss of goodwill work stoppage data loss computer failure or malfunction claims by any party other than you or any and all similar damages or loss even if Soft Servo Systems Inc its suppliers or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages It is therefor
16. SYSTEMS INC Contents Figure 4 42 The Color Parameters Display Area cccccccccccccecccceeaaaeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaasaassssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaqaas 4 41 Figure 4 43 Screen Elements For Which You Can Change Color ccccscssceecccececeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaqags 4 42 Figure 4 44 The Interface Display wciseiceicigiatocnantonedsesaccaseocsdeadagtedesnnmnedsedbansernsesuadeadaneaantgdsnadneseunoionediaetontusanawnedseanans 4 43 Figure 4 45 The Button Display Item Selection ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeesseseseseeeeececcceeeeeeeaeauaaasessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 44 Figure 4 46 The Button Display scaccsccccsdsstanncsnanvonedsesncceawragtsaa tencaanguenedsedencs eagesuadonsaneaastgdsnodnesaoasownecduadaeatuannaweedseanans 4 45 Figure 4 47 The Plot Display Item Selection nnnonoessssoeooeeeneesssssssssssssseererresssssssssssseeteereessssssssssesssssseereereeessssss 4 46 Figure 4 48 Ihe Plot Display sencsersrinecsreiers irae a eea Ee E a ESEE E iE keai 4 47 Figure 4 49 The G Code Display Item Selection ccccccccccccccceceecccceeaeeeeeeseseeeeecceeeeeeeeeeauaeaseeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 48 Figure 4 50 The G Code Display neiersiiiccereseusieicresisusr irecte cieren iria aaee iian eanan Erea iaaiaee irai 4 48 Figure 4 51 The Data Display Item Selecti n o e 20 ccntcccenentvanccentaasenentaadanentactenentuadecectsatoneadeddenead adaaientaaeensnneaenteebaneds 4 49 Figure 4 32 The D
17. w aa Re 5 To start and stop motion in Jog Continuous Mode use one of the __xrwo __ xewD zw OF Z BWD buttons a X FWD selects the X axis in the forward direction X BWD selects the X axis in the backward direction s Z c Z FWD selects the Z axis in the forward direction d Z BWD selects the Z axis in the backward direction The selected axis and direction will display in the Axis and Direction frames You can only select one axis because Jog Continuous Mode operates on only one axis at a time b Press and hold down the function key for one of the above buttons to start and continue the motion To stop the motion release the function key When you want to quit Jog Continuous Mode press the MAIN button If motion is occurring when you try to quit you will see the following window appear SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 8 Continuous Jogging Usin Continuous Mode Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC S 100T Alarm Are you sure that you want to quit JOG Ok Continuous mode Figure 8 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Jog Continuous Mode LX Click the OK button or press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to get back to Main Mode NOTE It s recommended that you stop all motion before quitting Jog Continuous Mode Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 9 Incremental Jogging Using Jog Incremental Mode Chapter 9
18. 1 You can specify the smoothing type and the smoothing time s for cutting modes for jog modes for rapid traverse and for the homing operation Refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual for an explanation of homing modes and smoothing times There are additional Servo Control Parameters Display Areas that allow you to tune your smoothing parameters To get to them press the button and you will toggle through the following figures 4 16 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Cutting ms Type smoothing Time 1 smoothing Time 2 1000 1250 1500 Figure 4 17 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 2 isin ae FILTER pea SELECT Rapid Positioning ms X Type Bell Shaped kd Smoothing Time 1 50 50 Smoothing Time 2 50 50 Figure 4 18 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 3 aie FILTER icine SELECT Jogging ms i X Fi Type Bell Shaped od Smoothing Time 1 50 50 Smoothing Time 2 50 50 Figure 4 19 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 4 4 17 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters SMOOTHING FILTER PLEASE SELECT Homing ms Type Smoothing Time 1 Rie yy ape oh oOMOoOoThING Ime z You can tune your smoothing parameters by pressing the bu
19. 14 26 14 30 Axis frame 8 3 9 4 10 3 12 4 Axis Selection Switch 12 1 12 4 14 23 14 24 14 25 14 26 Axis Selection Switch settings for the HW 100 12 4 AXIS X button 3 9 B B in Lock Status Indicator 5 2 BACK button 4 13 4 15 13 3 14 1 14 3 14 20 14 24 14 25 backing up part program files 13 9 backlash compensation 4 19 Backlash Compensation frame 4 19 backup file 4 38 Backup Prompt Window in Editor Mode 13 10 BKP FILE button 13 10 block delete code 14 6 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC blocks of code renumbering 13 7 blue screen of death 2 1 2 3 Bottom Toolbar 3 2 Button Background 4 44 button display 4 44 4 45 Button On Status 4 44 buttons background 4 44 on status 4 44 buttons pressing multiple on the SSP 140 1 4 C C axis 1 1 7 1 calculating tool wear offsets 14 26 14 27 calibrating the lathe 4 11 CANCEL button 4 37 4 38 13 9 14 4 14 35 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 CD ROM 2 1 Center of Chuck Face frame 4 14 chamfer angle 4 10 changing a part program 13 1 changing color parameters 4 50 changing I O signals 4 28 4 30 changing the orientation of a plot 5 11 changing the scale of a plot 5 12 changing values in text boxes in Configuration Mode 4 6 in Coordinates Counter Mode 14 30 in Offset Mode 14 20 changing your password 4 10 checklist for running production 14 32 CHG button 4 6 4 50 4 51 4 52 14 30 CHG button 4 6 4 50 4 51 4 52 14 30
20. 14 26 MF 5 3 MFO 4 10 MFO button 8 3 MFO button 8 3 Mode Display Area 3 2 modes display 3 7 modes of control 3 3 monitoring the status of operations 5 1 MORE button 4 8 4 13 4 16 4 24 13 3 13 6 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 14 1 14 3 14 18 14 22 14 24 Motion Engine See ServoWorks S 100T Engine motor parameters 4 11 Motor Parameters frame 4 24 mouse l 1 1 4 MOV FILE button 13 11 Move Prompt Window in Editor Mode 13 12 moving a plot 5 12 moving a registry file 4 37 moving among frames and text boxes in Configuration Mode 4 5 moving between text boxes in Coordinates Counter Mode 14 30 in Offset Mode 14 19 moving part program files 13 11 moving registry files 4 36 MPS Multiprocessor PC 2 6 2 13 MPS Uniprocessor PC 2 6 2 13 MST codes lock 14 7 MST codes lock switch 14 6 MST LOCK button 14 7 Multiple frame 12 4 multiple part origins 14 28 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC multiple toolbars 13 3 14 1 multiplier for HandWheel Mode 12 4 14 23 Multiplier Selection Switch 12 1 12 3 14 23 multiplier handwheel 12 3 MULTIPLR button 12 3 12 4 N navigating a file structure 4 36 13 5 13 8 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 14 4 navigating among frames and text boxes in Configuration Mode 4 5 navigating control modes 3 3 NC FILE button 14 3 NEW button 13 4 NEXT button 4 5 4 15 4 19 4 31 O OFFSET button 14 17 14 22 14 27 Offset Mode 14 17 Offset Mode Window 14 1
21. 4 1 4 4 4 8 handwheel 4 1 4 4 4 23 home 4 1 4 4 4 22 I O 4 1 4 4 4 28 M codes 4 1 4 4 4 31 machine error 4 1 machine error compensation 4 4 machine error compesation 4 19 making changes 4 5 safe zone 4 1 safe zones 4 4 4 14 servo control 4 1 4 4 4 11 smoothing 4 1 4 4 smoothing filters 4 16 spindle 4 1 4 4 4 24 part code counter 14 31 part counter 14 31 Part Counter frame 14 29 14 31 part counter options 14 31 part diameter 4 40 14 26 part dimensions 14 20 14 21 part number 5 4 Part Outline 4 46 part program execution resuming 14 8 part programming 11 1 13 1 14 1 part programs 1 2 backing up files 13 9 creating editing and manipulating 13 1 deleting files 13 12 editing 13 6 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC executing 14 32 manipulating files 13 9 moving files 13 11 opening to execute 14 3 proving 14 1 14 9 renaming files 13 13 renumbering blocks of code 13 7 saving 13 8 selecting a file 13 4 verification 1 3 part width 4 40 password 4 2 Password Prompt Window 4 2 Password Setting frame 4 8 password setting parameters 4 10 password changing 4 10 password default 4 2 4 10 PASTE button 13 6 pasting text in a part program 13 6 Path button 4 51 4 52 path return function 14 8 PATH RTN button 14 8 Pause servo loop status 5 2 PC problems 2 1 2 3 PC requirements 2 1 operating system patches 2 18 performing a homing operation 3 8 phone registr
22. 4 39 Display Compensation Data frame 4 19 display customization 4 41 display of current mode 3 7 Display of Four Types of Position Data frame 4 39 Display of Two Types of Position Data frame 4 39 display parameters 4 2 4 4 4 39 distance to go 5 4 9 1 9 2 DN CHG button 13 4 13 8 documentation 1 1 DOWN button 4 5 4 30 4 36 4 37 5 13 11 3 13 5 13 6 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 14 4 14 19 14 30 DRIVE button 4 36 13 5 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 14 14 4 DRN SPD button 14 13 DRN SPD button 14 13 DRY RUN button 14 13 dry run speed 14 13 dry run switch 14 6 14 13 duplicating parameter files 4 36 E EDIT button 13 6 edit functions 13 6 editing a part program 13 1 13 4 13 6 EDITOR button 13 1 13 15 Editor Mode TT SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index using 13 1 using the Editor 13 6 Editor Mode Window 13 2 for Opening a File 13 5 Element pull down menu 4 50 4 51 elements 4 42 Emergency Stop 16 3 Emergency Stop Button 6 2 12 1 is activated 16 1 resetting 6 2 enabling the handwheel 4 23 encoder parameters 4 11 Encoder Parameters frame 4 24 END key 13 6 Engine 2 1 3 1 entering and executing commands in MDI Mode 11 3 escape key 3 3 3 4 4 5 4 53 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 13 6 3 6 4 13 6 13 9 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 15 14 4 14 10 14 11 14 27 14 31 14 32 14 35 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 E STOP is activated 16 1 example frame 4 6
23. Devices Faxes D Sounds and Audio Devices Regional and Scanners and Scheduled Tasks a amp amp Taskbar and User Accounts Shark Menu Language Cameras Windows Firewall wireless Network Set Figure 2 16 Control Panel Window 4 Click on the System icon and you will see the System Properties window appear as shown 2 11 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icici Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software System Properties Ed System Restore Automatic Updates Remote General Computer Name Hardware Advanced Device Manager z4 The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device Device Manager Drivers Driver Signing lets you make sure that installed divers are compatible with Windows Windows Update lets you set up how Windows connects to Windows Update for drivers Hardware Profiles i Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store different hardware configurations Hardware Profiles Figure 2 17 System Properties Window 5 Click on the Hardware tab 6 In the Device Manager frame click on the Device Manager button You will see the Device Manager window appear as shown Device Manager File Action View Help Hee eas SOPTSERY e Computer Gj 51 drives Update Driver
24. Exi ne koman Op eranonal Mode oe ee EMER mnne nT omtete teeter emt were Neen entre mre rr ncn ote Mier etter ee try teeter 15 2 Exi ne kom aS b Mode Opon i Mareen tere nn ey erent nr re meee EE mre er nent oe Maren enn rr ere Rt tt 15 3 Exiting kom a SUB Mode O py Oth F2 osii siir ieni Ea decane AE EEEN AEE NE e 15 4 Window Showing Alarms When E STOP Has Been Activated cccsssesssseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeees 16 1 Window Showing Servo Drives Controls essinonriiicen niii a a E a 16 2 Flight Recorder Filesin Defanlt Data Foldet sip tassccrscsntecevssncds tines audsvismnctinsons Gesnesoucedsrsvnedsiotapsnmndeesedsnces 16 3 Sample detault TSR dat File iscsssssvvesvecionehves niana na E EEEa EE EEA Ea EKA EE 16 4 xi Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEES T Chapter 1 Welcome to Servo Works S 100T Chapter 1 Welcome to ServoWorks S 100T 1 1 Overview of ServoWorks Servo Works S 100T ServoWorks S 100T is a complete prepackaged CNC controller for lathes Itis offered as a PC package with one of two specially designed industrial panel PCs or panel PC workstations that operate on a Microsoft Windows operating system with an Ardence RTX real time extension It can also run on any desktop or panel PC that meets the PC requirements for ServoWorks S 100T The SSP 140 is an industrial panel PC workstation and the SPC 120 is an industrial compact panel PC The SSP 140 has a monitor keypad and function keys all buil
25. G20 G40 G20 G23 G80 Gb3 G64 M 08 T 0101 B 00 S 500 0 ft min F 0 0100 ipr HandWheel Pulse x 0 0000 Inch 0 0000 inch N 2 L Handwheel information is displayed in these frames showing the axis the multiplier and the handwheel pulse the total position command since the HandWheel button was selected Figure 14 4 HandWheel Information in the Auto Mode Display Area When the Hand Wheel Interrupt Button Is On Before resuming part program execution you may want to return to the coordinates in effect when you suspended it part program execution to use the handwheel To return to the original path press the B button on the bottom toolbar This allows you to continue part program execution from exactly where you left off before you pressed the _ xnwown button Obviously this is a very useful button To deactivate the HandWheel Interrupt function and resume part program execution press the the bottom toolbar again The button will appear as deselected off _ uyowu Once this HandWheel Interrupt button is deselected ServoWorks S 100T will not accept input from the handwheel in Auto Mode button on 14 8 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production ServoWorks S 100T uses whatever smoothing parameters are in effect at the time of manual intervention For instance if the last block of code executed was a GOO rapid trave
26. Incremental Jogging Using Jog Incremental Mode Jog Incremental Mode is a control mode where you command one axis of the machine to move a specified distance In ServoWorks S 100T you specify a Distance to Go relative to the current axis location The feedrate at which that axis will move is specified in the Feedrate screen in Configuration Mode To move the specified distance at the specified feedrate takes a specific length of time You can interrupt and restart motion as many times as you want while the axis is moving until the specified distance has been reached If you decide that you don t want the axis to move the distance you have commanded you need to leave Jog Incremental Mode The following steps will guide you in commanding incremental jogging using Jog Incremental Mode 1 Make sure you are in the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3 2 To get to the ar Main window press the MAIN button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window Di 2 Press the _soemcr_ button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main window You will then see the following window Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL saree Chapter 9 Incremental Jogging Using Jog Incremental Mode AR Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go E 00 00 00 mm mm mm mm WP C C shee X 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 ty 0 0 E 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 TS F
27. NOTE If you have a mouse you can use the slider bars for Turning Speed to set the spindle speed more quickly Or it may be faster for you to use the mouse to move the cursor to the text input box for Turning Speed then use the keypad or a keyboard if you have one to type in the speed you want directly 4 The Spindle Override percentage will be applied to the spindle speed you specified in Step 2 Choose a 2A percentage for Spindle Override percentage by pressing the __ sso and __sso buttons on the bottom tool bar The selected spindle override percentage is displayed in the Spindle Override frame As an example if your specified spindle speed is 2000 RPM and your spindle override percentage is 50 your spindle will rotate at 1000 RPM as long as the maximum speed is set to 1000 RPM or greater A spindle speed of 2000 RPM and a spindle override percentage of 150 will give you a spindle speed of 3000 RPM as long as the maximum speed is set to 3000 RPM or greater NOTE If you have a mouse you can use the slider bar for Spindle Override to set the override percentage more quickly Or it may be faster for you to use the mouse to move the cursor to the text input box for Spindle Override then use the keypad or the keyboard if you have one to type in the speed you want directly NOTE If you had checked the SSO 50 120 box in the Operator s Panel frame of the General screen in Configuration M
28. NOTE X1000 Is nota valid option for ServoWorks S 100T Axis Selection Switch Green LED if lit it indicates that the HW 100 HandWheel is on and the Emergency Stop has not been activated HandWheel Dial Figure 12 1 The HW 100 Hand Wheel Control When you press the _ snowH button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main program window it puts you into HandWheel Mode Once you are in HandWheel Mode if the HandWheel is enabled in the HandWheel screen of Configuration Mode the HW 100 HandWheel is automatically activated unless it is turned off or the Emergency Stop button is depressed and ServoWorks S 100T is ready to accept handwheel input signals You will have instant response to any movement of the handwheel dial 12 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 12 Usin HandWheel Mode Be careful about using Handwheel Mode Always keep the handwheel turned off when you re not using it And try to keep the handwheel in a safe place so if it is on and you don t realize that you are in handwheel mode you can t accidentally nudge or jostle the dial and cause unintended movement of the machine The following steps will guide you in using HandWheel Mode for the HW 100 handwheel 1 2 3 If the HandWheel Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel is set to OFF turn it to one of the axes to turn the handwheel on Make sure you
29. Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive SYSTEMS INC c Press the sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 3 If you re not in the desired folder the folder where the file you re trying to rename is located a Pressthe _ rower button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be opened 4 Now that you re in the right folder press the fme ust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 5 Use the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the file to be renamed 6 Press the __ cont T button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file You will see the following window appear Data Destination File MAINPROG_DE MOZ dat c bi This file will be renamed in the following tolder Please type in the new file name Click OK to complete Click Cancel to abort acs _ Program Files ySoftServo T 100T_Simu Figure 13 11 Rename Prompt Window in Editor Mode 7 Type in the new name f
30. Start and Stop buttons start and stop the parameters for the MDI blocks of code execution of the blocks of code set in MDI Mode This frame displays the active G code In each modal group Input text box where you type your block of code to and the current settings for the M T B S and F codes be executed in MDI Mode This area of the screen displays the command log the G These text boxes tell you which of the following is Code definitions or the M code definitions visible the command log the G code reference tool or the M code reference tool Figure 11 1 The MDI Mode Window 11 3 Using the G Code and M Code Reference Tools The G code and M code reference tools are handy reference guides to quickly remind you of G code and M code definitions For instance if you can t remember which G code is for Inch Input you can use the G code reference tool to quickly view a list of G codes available to you in ServoWorks S 100T While this is quite convenient if you are unfamiliar with the specifics of the M codes or G codes you want to use what parameters go with each G code etc we recommend that you refer to ServoWorks S 100T Part Programming Manual while using MDI Mode The following steps will guide you in using the G code and M code reference tools 11 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEES Chapter 11 Manual Data Input Usine MDI Mode 1 Use the __cneseL button on the bottom toolbar to toggle you
31. The percentage you specify refers to a percentage of the maximum velocity for that axis that you specified in the Feedrate settings in Configuration Mode You re commanding one axis of your lathe to move in a specific direction at a specific speed for an unspecified time continuous motion until you specifically stop that motion MDI Manual Data Input Mode is a control mode where you input data for a single command for G M T B S and F codes and then set that command to execute The commands you execute are logged and as an aid to you the definitions of G and M codes are available for your reference HandWheel Mode is a control mode where you operate one axis of the lathe at a time using the handheld HW 100 HandWheel or some other handwheel that is an optional component of the ServoWorks S 100T system You use ServoWorks S 100T to specify the machine unit for the handwheel pulse under General settings in Configuration Mode Then in ServoWorks S 100T or on the HW 100 HandWheel you specify an axis and a multiplier for that encoder count These settings are displayed in ServoWorks S 100T Turning the dial on the HW 100 HandWheel starts the motion on the selected axis Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEET Chapter 6 Manually Operating the Lathe In Jog Continuous Mode Jog Incremental Mode Rapid Mode MDI Mode or Spindle Mode you can always stop S the movement of the axis or axes you re control
32. button on the bottom toolbar it means that part program execution will stop when it reaches an MO1 optional stop code In order to continue G execution of the part program after it reaches an MO1 in a block of code you must press the __ start button on the bottom toolbar e If the Optional Stop switch is deactivated the MOI code will be ignored and execution of the part program will continue without interruption 14 4 5 Single Block e If you activate the Single Block switch by pressing the s ae button on the bottom toolbar it means that the part program will be executed in single block operational mode Only one block of CNC data will 3 4 be executed at a time In single block operational mode pressing the __ start __ button on the bottom toolbar will cause only the current block of code to be executed and then execution will stop You will G have to press the __ staret__ button again to execute the next block of code and so forth e While executing code in single block operational mode when G code execution has been completed for the current line you have the option of pressing the button again to deactivate this switch When G the Single Block option is deselected pressing the __ start button will cause normal continuous execution of G code to begin e Atany time during a normal continuous execution of a part program pressing the _ s s ock button will immediately change the execution to s
33. ne 0 500 mimm n i Turn Spd rpm Spindle Override RESET X i 1000 gt 100 4 Zao 4 aac 50 120 m a a a a ee m eS a a ars aon OF EX ES f DIRECT SPEED SPEED SSO SSO l m m m we ew we we ww ww we we ww ww ww ww ww ww we i o a ww a a a These are function buttons that allow you to set the These Start and Stop parameters for the spindle rotation buttons start and stop the rotation of the spindle These are input frames that also allow you to set the parameters for the spindle rotation if you have a mouse Figure 7 1 The Spindle Mode Window Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 7 Starting and Stoppine the Spindle Using Spindle Mode 2 Choose the direction for the spindle to rotate by pressing the __prectr__ button on the bottom toolbar Pressing this function key will toggle you between the two possible directions of clockwise or counterclockwise The selected direction is shown in the Spindle Direction frame NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the direction you want in the Spindle Direction frame OF 3 Choose the spindle speed by pressing the __sreeo _ and _ sreeo buttons on the bottom toolbar The OF sD button will decrease the feedrate while the sreeo button will increase the feedrate The selected speed is displayed in the Spindle Speed frame
34. 0 0 ccccccccceccecccecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 1 5 PPS 2 1 DOOR mi Fil Eeer dete caes su vanescuvuetensntueivace N T 2 2 Sila bites eae Ale eal RAL ETO ay ciclo eae eee ee ere eee re E EE ee ee E er cre 2 3 ea I TR I ig aerate tara essa nee ina anc ta E Sac ae EA a oes edou dens E E sone ecsetodee 2 4 Figure 2 4 Control Panel Window cccccccccccccccccccseessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeaeeases 2 4 Figure 2 5 System Properties WING OW secoxecissnsecces vasvcosdeececaceescveclecutausnnswadtan nalts stwadwinidaniuaaiaietwinnauntsiiaadeceUaceediabacndets webs 2 5 Preure 2 6 Device Manager WindOW sxsicsssisdenceccss vasvcosdeacecacedacvedeeeacs dlenwennduninasiatnswedlianetusaiauetwiasladasenateestaceediabacedets webs 2 5 Figure 2 7 HAL Model Properties Window 0 cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 Figure 2 8 Update Device Driver Wizard Install Hardware Device Drivers Window 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeees 2 7 Figure 2 9 Update Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Window 1 Of 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeees 2 7 Figure 2 10 Update Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Window 2 Of 2 eccccccssscsceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 2 8 Piette 22115 Update Driver Warming sccciencestacencdemceeeasemcnnedbemcqcetetgoninne aE NEADAN AETA EEGENEN NA NEEN 2 8 Figure 2 12 U
35. 10 3 Rewinding or Fast Forwarding a Part Program 14 7 Setting Tool Offsets 14 7 1 Overview Tool offsets are the difference between the actual tool position and the theoretical tool position Each tool offset is a set of distances in the X and Z axes When T codes are executed in a part program the program position is actually shifted to account for tool offsets as opposed to compensating each actual movement command in the part program to account for tool offsets 14 14 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SEEEN Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Soft Servo Tool offset on Z axis Theoretical tool position Tool offset on X axis Pei e af Actual tool tip i position A Figure 14 10 Tool Offsets Tool offsets can be divided into two types geometry offsets and wear offsets The total tool offset is the sum of the geometry offset and the wear offset The geometry offset compensates for the tool mounting position and for the tool shape as shown in the following figure 14 15 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ai ie IMC Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Geometry offset on Z axis Georretry offset on X axis Theoretical tool position if perfectly mounted Actual tool position may be off center length may vary Figure 14 11 Tool Geometry Offsets The wear offset compensates for
36. 14 8 Let s say that the Z axis is locked in both directions with Machine Lock and the X axis is unlocked in both directions Tool trajectory if no axes py p were locked axis Pt A PLC Actual tool trajectory with the Z axis locked with Machine Lock or locked in the forward direction with Interlock X axis Figure 14 8 Tool Movement Comparison for Machine Lock and Interlock With both the Machine Lock switch and the Interlock switch this GO1 code will only cause an output command to be sent to the X axis since the Z axis is locked No output command will be sent to the Z axis The tool will move from point A to point C whether you use the Machine Lock switch or the Interlock switch in the forward Z direction In other words the actual movement is the same whether you lock the axis with the Machine Lock switch or the Interlock switch The difference between the Machine Lock switch and the Interlock switch is in how the position data and the plot are displayed on the screen as a result of this GOI code With the Machine Lock switch the tool trajectory is plotted as if the Z axis weren t locked as if the Z axis had moved according to the G01 code With the Interlock switch the actual tool trajectory of movement along only the X axis is plotted 14 12 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Tool trajectory you would see plotted with the Machi
37. 2 To get to the BE Main window press the MAIN button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window 2 Press the auto button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main program window You will then be in Auto Mode and you will see the window shown in Figure 14 1 NOTE If the auto button is disabled appears as AUTO it s probably because you have not set the home position for your axes You must set the home position first see Section 3 4 Performing a aX Homing Operation Press the nome button on the bottom toolbar then press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all axes to their home positions at the same time Press the MAIN button to return to Main Mode The __ auto button should now be enabled for you to select it In Auto Mode there are three bottom toolbars to accommodate the range of settings and switches available to you in Auto Mode If you press the buttons on the bottom toolbar of the Auto Window it toggles you between the three bottom toolbars each of which are shown in Figure 14 1 14 1 ne anna iiin Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Cycle Time 00 00 00 Program Pos Actual Pos Spindle rpm u mm mm Feedrate eae 0000 000 0000 000 0 0 u a Locks ae 0000 000 0000 000 B B E 000 000 000 000 Stop s z xX oo Z X Z Auto OPERATION DAN eek oPsK
38. 5 9 Saving Your CHANG CS sis cc tecsicbsdecaasacieenssandycddctsnngeneddaseveheuesacewtbed nehcneseuatebesaaeadardigentdadeoeesioe Sates 14 20 14 7 4 Inputting Part Dimensions and Gauge Template Thickness cccccccccccccceceeeeeeessseeeeeeesseeeeeeeees 14 20 14 7 5 Automatically Setting Tool Geometry Offsets Using Touch Offs cc cccccssssessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 14 21 14 7 5 1 Starting the Process of Setting Tool Geometry Offsets 0 0 0 cccccsssssseeeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeees 14 22 l4 732 Se CIM the Tool OSE ecrane E E E EATS 14 22 14 7 5 3 Starting the Spindle ROU OM ss ccsoensrcscentececacesssicursadcaatesedcawinceddowastntsomdusabanenesidaentaceenensnbecasateaveess 14 22 14 7 5 4 Turning on the HandWheel and Touching Off the Z and X AXES ccceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 23 14 7 5 5 Finishing the Setting of the Tool Geometry Offsets cssssssssseeeeceeceeeeeeeesaaeeeeesseeeeeeeeees 14 25 14 7 6 Automatically Setting Tool Geometry Offsets Using Tool Measuring Sensors cccceceeeeeteees 14 26 14 7 7 Calculating Tool Wear OU sets csccesinssucescntnssicauateicsewianedsomiatateonesuadonsesasanauidenciensbaddondinnticanabecnenvadaemans 14 26 T47 Exin e Ofe Mode seai E E O A exuase dantuudicemnees 14 27 14 8 Setting the External Zero Offset and Workpiece Zero Point Offsets cccccesseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeees 14 27 143 1 What Is An External Zoro OSCE sys seistscesnsacasis suc an O 14 27 14 8 2 What
39. Are Workpiece Zero Point Offsets Workpiece Coordinates cccccccssssseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 14 28 14 8 3 Accessing the External Zero Offset and the Work Point Coordinates nnnnnenonossssssssssoeeeeresssssss 14 28 14 8 4 Selecting and Changing the Input for the Work Point Parameters 00000nnnnoennnneennssssssssssseeeereseeees 14 30 14 5 1 Moving Between the Text BOX CS soniri orei ine EEEE EE EE EAEEREN EEE ERE 14 30 14 8 4 2 Changing Values in the Text BOXES ssssnssssssssseeeeenesssssssssssssseeseeerrsossssssssssseeerrereseesssssssssssseees 14 30 14 84 35 Savins Yo r Chan CCS esinsin a a iai EEEE ES E EEE Ear a ai ra NaRa 14 30 14 8 4 4 Setting the Workpiece Coordinates Back to the Default Settings 000000sonnonnnnneessssssssssssesseee 14 30 14 8 4 5 Exiting Coordinates Counter Mod e cccssssssssseseecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaaaeesssseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeesaaaaeeeeseeeeees 14 31 14 9 Setting the Part Counter Options ccccccsseeeeeececeeececaaasesssssseeeeecceeeeeeeeeeaaaeesssseseseseeeceeeeeseeeeeaaaaaseessees 14 31 14 9 1 Accessing the Part Counter Frames ccsccccccccccecccecaessssssseeeeeecceceeeeeeeaaausaauaasssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeqaas 14 31 149 2 Specily ine Counter O PUN ersenssacieectaccasoupecovinseausietauterunctiengbecswowasvouddvastondaDaetined EEEE Esa 14 31 14 9 3 Exiting Counter Coordinates Mod e sssssesccecccccccccecnasesssssseeeeceecceeeeeeeaaaaassssssseee
40. B an Biti Bii B 0 4S a he Bitos SS a Bio Figure 4 33 The IM 200 I O Settings Display Area 4 29 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 13 3 Changing I O Signals The following steps will guide you through changing output signals 1 2 Make sure you are in the desired window for the VersioBus adapter board servo interface module or I O module LEFT Press the f buttons on the bottom toolbar to select an output signal to change EA Press the tose button on the bottom toolbar to change the status of the signal Green indicates a signal of 1 and red indicates a signal of 0 The _ mose button will toggle the digital output signal between green and red 1 and 0 4 30 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 14 Setting M Code Parameters Press the __mcopes_ button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the valid M Codes Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure ia D M CODES M Code Definition Description MOO Program Stop M01 Optional Stop M02 End of Program M03 Spinde CW M04 Spindle CCW M05 Spindle Stop MOb NZA MoO NZA Kod Coolant On Kod Coolant Ott Figure 4 34 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 1 For your con
41. Erann 4 23 4 12 Set ne Spindle Parameters crecaaccectsaneuesesaaasonteilauenteensneniieiesaitieedasansbseasstseeuaneuatwensdealusdahoaqsteemeooneeetauesdeaidiaess 4 24 Ato petus VO Parameters scissa ee eene ra erioa Eeo Er Eeee aioe 4 28 L E N e E E E E A A A A 4 28 4 13 2 Viewing I O Signals in I O Mode cccssssseeececeececcececeaessseseseeeeecceeeeeeeeeesaaseessuseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeaaas 4 28 Ato Chanting VO ST OMALS sesiis ar EEE E s SN Ea EAn E Eo eaii 4 30 4 14 Setting M Code Parameters ccssssssssseeeccceccccceceenaesesssssseeeececeeeeeeeessaseessseeeeeeeceseeeesseauaaaagaaesssseeeseeeeeess 4 31 4 15 Using the Parameter Manager ix ccscscussssewthexaneddwessdeneducdues tendateachuesea iene obeuedacaventuntaddacdintivnsedslzcoinitansmbimibesiees 4 36 KES LOT CW E E E E E EA E E EE 4 36 4 15 2 Selecting a File To Copy Move Remove Rename Create or ReStore c scceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 36 BNO GAMES a Ree UD NC sire shite antic aideicin she centiocaguctnne a E domtupeedouneiiodaniaicincmiarees 4 37 4 15 4 Copying Moving Removing Renaming or Restoring Registry Files ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 4 37 A VO Serine Display Parameters caccsccentssacowanncteatuasnddancnsacasiabeomtusaticowatseascnte let EA EE ET N 4 39 4 17 Settings Anto Plot Paramete S ssresriiracpi sa SE E E A E 4 40 4 18 setne Color ParamietorS arse aaonsies centecatucnnasae cen taacssemaduiGeonannicaome EE E TE N 4 4 pM ig WPL VL Wy
42. Executing 14 3 Setting Feed Override and Rapid Override ServoWorks S 100T allows you to override both the feedrate programmed by the part program for linear or circular interpolation and the rapid feedrate percentage for the X and Z axes so for GOO the speed would be at some percentage of the rapid feedrate rather than at the rapid feedrate itself You can override the feedrate for interpolation specified by the part program from 0 to 230 Press the OF om and _ ovav buttons on the bottom toolbar to decrease and increase respectively the feedrate override percentage 14 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production You can override the rapid feedrate from 0 to 100 in other words you still can t go beyond the Rapid Traverse Feedrate that you set for the Feedrate parameters in Configuration Mode You can t increase the feedrate beyond this maximum feedrate you can only decrease the rapid feedrate by taking a percentage of the rapid feedrate Press EX ED the _ rro and rro buttons on the bottom toolbar to decrease and increase respectively the rapid traverse feedrate override percentage NOTE If you have a mouse you can use the slide bars for Feed Override and Rapid Override Or you can use the mouse to position the cursor in the text boxes for Feed Override and Rapid Override and type in the pe
43. IMC Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T Start and End Program Operational Modes Sub Mode Coordinates Offs Locks Plot Editor Mode When you enter a sub mode from Main Mode you have only two choices 1 go to any other sub mode or 2 return from the sub mode to Main Mode You cannot go directly from a sub mode to an operational mode unless you entered the Sub mode from that operational mode see Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Flow Chart for Navigating Control Modes Option 2 Entering a Sub Mode from Main Mode ServoWorks S 100T displays which mode you are in and whether that mode is a sub mode or an operational mode except for Main Mode which is neither a sub mode nor an operational mode Mode information is displayed on screen as shown in the following figure 3 6 eee ee Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T SYSTEMS INC 00 00 00 E am Program Pos Dist To Go wrer BUE inch inch it X 000 0000 000 0000 em Z 000 0000 000 0000 C 000 000 000 000 Bye s liomo l l coon ee Feb MAIN PLEASE SELECT MODE l ert Mode information is permanently displayed in this area of the ServoWorks S 100T program window Figure 3 6 Mode Information Displayed in ServoWorks S 100T For Main Mode you will see MAIN PLEASE SELECT MODE For an operational mode you will see something like HOME OPERATION although the text box displayi
44. Install Ardence AT Runtime Install Servo Works 5 1007 lathe i application and SWPLC on your computer E vit this program Figure 2 29 Welcome to ServoWorks Installation Window 3 Inthe Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window Figure 2 29 click on the Read Me button This will open up a Notepad file with installation information We recommend that you print out this file for reference during the installation procedure and for future reference Exit the Notepad application to continue 2 20 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PESEE Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Soft Servo 2 5 2 Installing Ardence RTX 1 Inthe Welcome to ServoWorks Installation Window shown in Figure 2 29 click on the Ardence RTX button and you will start the installation procedure for the Ardence RTX RunTime software You will briefly see an Unpacking RTX dialog box followed by a Setup dialog box as shown in the following two figures Unpacking RTX 6 1 Runtime Reading package Gia Cancel Figure 2 30 Unpacking RTX 6 1 Runtime Dialog Box RTs 6 1 Runtime Setup is preparing the Installs hield A J Wizard which will guide you through the rest of the setup process Please wait 99 Figure 2 31 Setup Dialog Box 2 Then a Welcome window will appear as shown in the following figure Welcome E x Welcome to the Ardence AT 6 1 Setup program
45. Mode use one of the __xrwo_ _ xewp _zrmwD Or _ ZewD buttons a X FWD selects the X axis in the forward direction X BWD selects the X axis in the backward direction S Z c Z FWD selects the Z axis in the forward direction d Z BWD selects the Z axis in the backward direction The selected axis and direction will display in the Axis and Direction frames You can only select one axis because Rapid Mode operates on only one axis at a time b Press and hold down the function key for one of the above buttons to start and continue the motion While the selected axis is moving you cannot change the direction but you can dynamically change the rapid EEX ES override percentage by pressing the ___ rro and __reo buttons on the bottom toolbar or with the Rapid Override slider bar if you have a mouse To stop the motion release the function key ar When you want to quit Rapid Mode press the MAIN button If motion is occurring when you try to quit you will see the following window appear S 100T Alarm RAPID mode Are you sure that you want to quit Ok Cancel Figure 10 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Rapid Mode 2 Click the OK button or press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to get back to Main Mode NOTE It s recommended that you stop all motion before quitting Rapid Mode 10 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATAS Chapter 11 Manual Data
46. Password pem Figure 4 5 The General Parameters Display Area 1 of 2 As shown in the above figure the General Parameters Display Area allows you to specify program parameters operator s panel parameters machine unit parameters thread cutting retraction parameters shut down parameters and password settings Qa You can use the mem _ button to toggle between the five frames for the five types of parameters in the General Parameters Display Area There is a second General Parameters Display Area that shows Tool Measurer parameters To get to it press the button and you will see the following figure Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Bii Tool Measurer M Enabie x Pos inch 0 0000 x Pos inch 0 0000 Pos inch 0 0000 Z Pos inch 0 0000 Figure 4 6 The General Parameters Display Area 2 of 2 4 4 2 Program Parameters Program parameters include e The unit of measurement whether the unit of measurement should be in metric millimeters or English inch units e Program measuring whether your measurements will be displayed and input in terms of diameter or radius e X Direction whether the X axis is programmed and displayed in diameter or radius and the choice of positive direction for the X axis The positive direction of the X axis can point to or away from the operator as
47. Press the nowa button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the HandWheel Parameters Screen shown in the following figure ia DWHEEL Handwheel Parameters Operation Status C Enabled Disabled xX Direction Change Z Direction Change C Yes C Yes No No x Accumulation Accumulation C Yes C Yes No Wo Figure 4 26 The HandWheel Parameters Display Area You can specify parameters relating to the handwheel Plus you can disable the handwheel so it can t be used You should refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual for a detailed discussion of each handwheel parameter what the parameter is its significance its possible values etc 4 23 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 12 Setting Spindle Parameters Ko Press the _ spinnte_ button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Spindle Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure H Spindle Drive Type Encoder Parameters opindle Encoder Polarity Normal Gen Reso pulfrev 1000 C Ax Reso pulsrev 1000 Serva Inverter Control Type C Speed Indexf C Axis Max Spindle Speed Surf Spd m min 152 400 Turning Spd rpm 3000 000 Speed Check Motor Parameters opindle Motor Polarity Normal Time Elapsed ms Reach Yar Ratio 4 Alarm Yar Ra
48. Settings If you have significantly customized your color settings and are very satisified with the current settings we strongly recommend saving your parameter settings to an reg file and keep this file updated as you modify other non color settings See Section 4 15 3 Creating a Registry File 4 52 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 11 Setting All the Color Parameters Back to the Default Settings If you don t like the changes you have made to the color settings and would prefer to return to the default settings that come with the ServoWorks S 100T program press the _ peraut_ button on the bottom toolbar This will cause the default settings to override any changes you may have made to the color settings 4 18 12 Exiting the Color Parameters Display Area x To exit the Color Parameters Display Area press the Quit button on the bottom toolbar or press the ESC key 4 19 Exiting Configuration Mode To exit Configuration Mode either press the key or press the MAIN button on the bottom toolbar 4 53 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATSE Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations 5 1 Understanding the General Status of the Lathe 5 1 1 Overview The information shown in the following figure is constantly displayed in the status indicator area at the left side
49. Smoothing We Servo tir Stop PLOT ait HandWheel Home EDITOR X ao Z Oyerride MF RP SS Overtravel Param Mg x Z Display Ae Ag as K f 4 GENERAL SYO CNTL SAFE ZONE SMOOTHING MACH ERR FEEDRATE l Bottom Toolbar 1 _ Use these buttons to toggle between the two bottom toolbars Bottom Toolbar 2 SPINDLE H CODES Figure 4 2 The Configuration Mode Window 3 Press the button on the bottom toolbar that corresponds to the parameter type to be viewed or changed Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters sare zone for Safe Zone parameters SMOOTHING for smoothing parameters L MAcHERR for machine error compensation parameters FEeDRATE for feedrate parameters for home parameters e OA for HandWheel parameters e sPINDLE for Spindle settings 170 for I O parameters mcooe for M code settings E ParaMMG for parameter management pisptay for display parameters autoptt_ for auto plot settings coor for color settings Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters If you don t see the button you want press the on the bottom toolbar 4 You will see the settings for the parameter type you have chosen in the mai
50. The Installing window will appear and display the installation progress as shown in the following window i S 100T 3 80 Installing 5 100T 3 80 100T S 100T v3 80 is being installed Copying new files Cancel Figure 2 56 Installing Window 10 When the installation has completed the following Installation Complete Window will appear 2 34 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icicles Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software i S 100T v3 80 Installation Complete 100T 5 1007 v2 60 has been sucesstully installed Click Close to exit Figure 2 57 Installation Complete Window 11 Click the Close button to exit 2 6 Finishing Your Software Installation Click the Exit button in the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window Figure 2 29 to close the window In order to finish your software installation see the LadderWorks PLC User s Manual for setting up your PLC environment including creating and compiling a sequence program for your lathe 2 35 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T 3 1 Starting ServoWorks S 100T Upon powering up the SSP 140 or SPC 120 unit ServoWorks S 100T should load automatically If you are using another PC if for some other reason ServoWorks S 100T doesn t load or if you need to restart the program for some
51. You can install the latest service packs by going to Microsoft s web site www microsoft com and clicking on Windows Update to start the procedure If you install the Ardence RTX software before you install the required operating system patches there could be subtle problems with your installation The operating system patches must be installed before you begin the ServoWorks S 100T installation 2 18 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 4 Registering Your Ardence RTX Software and Obtaining Your License Key If you have access to the Internet from the computer on which you are installing this software you can skip this section proceed to Section 2 5 The Installation Procedure and obtain your RTX license key during the software installation procedure for the Ardence RTX software You will need to register your Ardence RTX software and obtain your license key during the software installation procedure detailed in Section 2 5 The Installation Procedure Ideally you need Internet access to obtain an Ardence RTX license key If you don t have Internet access from the computer on which you are installing this software you will have to obtain your RTX license key from another computer with Internet access during the installation procedure or you won t be able to complete the procedure Yov ll have to start the installation procedure on the compute
52. a file for backup or to copy to another PC to duplicate system and program settings on another computer etc The Parameter Manager is a tool available to you in Configuration Mode that allows you to duplicate these parameter files move files delete files and rename files Only reg files may be manipulated in this manner all other file extensions will be off limits to you To open the File Manager press the _raramme button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Parameter Manager Display Area shown in the following figure aa MANAGER imo SELECT FILE AND TASK Copy Move Remove Rename Create Restore Reg Destination File ai SS SS SS N im a a aa a a a a ene mm em eK eK OF 6100T_default reg Ez S 00T_detault reg Program Files J SoftServo S 100T mew we ws ws ee e u oe SS ee File List Box This list box Path Window This window displays the folder displays the contents of the location the path address selected folder Drive Pull Down Menu This pull down menu File Name Text Box displays the selected drive Figure 4 39 The Parameter Manager Display Area 4 15 2 Selecting a File To Copy Move Remove Rename Create or Restore When you first open the Parameters Manager the folder labeled param in your ServoWorks S 100T folder will automatically open However you may navigate to other folders or even other drives in order to select the desired folder To use the Parame
53. a folder directly 3 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ reust button to put the focus on the File List Box as shown in Figure 4 39 4 Use the UP and _ pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the file to be opened YB 5 Press the _ seecr_ button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file This file name will then appear in the File Name Text Box 4 15 3 Creating a Registry File The following steps will guide you through creating a registry file 1 Press the TASK button on the bottom toolbar to select the Create option 2 Navigate to the desired folder See Section 4 15 2 Selecting a File To Copy Move Remove Rename Create or Restore 3 You will be prompted to enter a name for the new registry file NOTE You must have a keypad or a keyboard in order to rename a file 4 x 4 Press the OK button to complete the operation or press the cance button to cancel the operation 4 15 4 Copying Moving Removing Renaming or Restoring Registry Files Once you have selected your registry file it is easy to copy move remove rename or restore that file Restoring a file means restoring all ServoWorks S 100T parameters to the values in the selected parameters file The following steps will guide you through copying moving removing deleting renaming or restoring a registry file 4 37 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the
54. a plot within the plot area when you have zoomed in too close for the entire plot to display within the plot area 5 12 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATSE Chapter 5 Monitorine the Status of Operations Press the LEFT RIGHT UP and DOWN buttons on the bottom toolbar to move the plot in the desired direction 5 3 6 Clearing a Plot ServoWorks S 100T will continue to display tool trajectories until you clear the plot If you want to clear the plot X display so that you can start over with a new plot press the __cuar__ button on the bottom toolbar to clear erase the tool trajectories the horizontal and vertical axes will still be visible After you clear a plot plotting resumes immediately unless no motion is occurring 5 3 7 Holding a Plot Holding a plot means stopping ServoWorks S 100T from continuing to plot any more motion while continuing to display what has currently plotted on the screen This means that even though motion may continue after you hold a plot you won t see any new plotting occur To hold a plot press the _ proto button on the bottom toolbar This essentially freezes the plot area of the screen 5 3 8 Exiting Plot Mode To exit Plot Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the ___ pot button press the jE ESC key or press the button again If you entered Plot Mode from Main Mode this will take you back to Main Mode If you en
55. ac sets stead setsasacn aia E EEE A EE E EEE E E EEE 4 4 4 15 2 Accessing the Color Parameters seiscacscanssacecaeseonssedeewinccscawaasit cow suscucownesicdactesetseunbieidouateeunpiisnesineessemaeints 4 4 4 18 3 What Elements of the Screen Can You Change cis ccsvccssteccesssosisduensedsancunecoacuesssuseuvdunveedeiancelecenstocssoes 4 42 E n Ea E a i E E E EAE AT A ET A er erm E E E AT 4 43 Mallee al Wits DOO Dp a eE E E A ETA AE E E E er reer 4 44 BN TE PIO MIS PAY e EE E ton ona E E Moa Seman E E E E 4 46 PT TREC E D a E E TE E EE EEEE EE rr tt 4 48 E Be DLS a A E A E A E tT E AE E EEA OE er rrne 4 49 4 18 9 Selecting and Changing the Color Parameters ccccsssssessssseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaeessesseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeaaas 4 50 4 18 10 Saving Your Color Set 0S scaxccasis sve ntevaduddeoseiaueesvecebvaiatccannintdeisssetiassouseeiddass vadsaddeeyseteaseinde deen aiai 4 52 4 18 11 Setting All the Color Parameters Back to the Default Settings i ceeceesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeees 4 53 4 18 12 Exiting the Color Parameters Display Area 0 cccccccccccsssssssssseeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeseseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaas 4 53 4 19 Exiting Con guration Mode wa ciccccacecconesadeicnaveteeced a Ea iaa Na EEEE RNN 4 53 Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status Of Operations sssssssssssssssscsccsssssssesececcorsesesesececavrsesesesececavaesesesececaesesesesecavarsesesesesecarananeses 5 1 5 1 Understanding the General Status of the Lathe ceecss
56. acceleration and deceleration is performed with the exponential smoothing filter and the smoothing time constant that is selected for Jog Mode For an explanation of exponential acceleration deceleration see the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual 12 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PESES Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs 13 1 Overview ServoWorks S 100T uses industry standard part programming language for CNC programming With this language you can input a block of code to be executed with G M T B S and F codes You will write part programs from part drawings using these CNC codes to describe the shape of the part to be created Refer to the ServoWorks S LOOT Part Programming Manual for more information on the specifics of the CNC part programming used by ServoWorks S 100T You will use Auto Mode an operational mode in ServoWorks S 100T to prove part programs and perform automatic CNC runs using specified part program files See Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production NOTE You must have either a keyboard or a keypad to use Editor Mode 13 2 Getting Into Editor Mode v You can edit or create a part program file by pressing the __eonor__ button on the right toolbar to enter Editor Mode a sub mode and you will see the window shown in Figure 13 1 The most recent file you had open in Edito
57. among three options a The Command Log shown as GERM b The G Code Reference Tool shown as EZHSE c The M Code Reference Tool shown as TREE The active option will be shown with bright green text Select either the G code reference tool or the M code reference tool your preference The G code reference tool will display one G code definition at a time as shown in the following window Goo Positioning Figure 11 2 The G Code Reference Tool Pull Down Menu in MDI Mode The M code reference tool will display six M code definitions at a time as shown in the following window M Code Definition MOO Program Stop M03 Spindle CW M01 Optional Stop M04 Spindle CCW MO End of Program MOS Spindle Stop Figure 11 3 The M Code Reference Tool M Code Definition Frame in MDI Mode 2 To scroll through the G codes one at a time or to scroll through the M codes six at a time use the T a UP and DOWN buttons on the bottom toolbar NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the G code reference tool pull down menu view multiple G code definitions at the same time and use the right scroll bar to more quickly scroll through the list of G code definitions 11 4 Entering and Executing Commands in MDI Mode The following steps will guide you in entering and executing commands in MDI Mode 1 Press the button on the bottom toolbar to clear the text box where you will be entering you block of code Pressing this butt
58. appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in z ES Figure 14 5 Use the _ macux and macuz_ buttons on the bottom toolbar to unlock both the X and Z axes Before you run production you must unlock the Machine Locks This will restore the correct program position and machine position instead of the simulated positions that were displayed when the Machine Locks were turned on Repeat steps 2 through 5 to unlock both axes You must turn off the Machine Lock switch before you use the program for any automatic motion control or you won t have the correct coordinate system for the lathe 14 6 2 Proving a Part Program Using the Interlock Switch When you prove a part program using the Interlock Switch es you can lock either or both of the X and Z axes Each axis can be locked in either the forward or backward direction but not in both directions With the interlock switch activated G codes which would cause the X axis or Z axis to move in a direction that is locked will not execute But any G codes that would cause movement in a direction that is not locked will execute The position data and the plot area will display data for the actual movement of the axes For instance if both axes are locked in the forward direction there would be no tool movement in the forward direction and the position of each axis would not change in the data display area nor would movement be plotted in the plot area If only one axis is locked the lack
59. c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be deleted 4 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ reust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 5 Use the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the file to be deleted 6 Press the __ cont a button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file You will see the following window appear Data Destination File c acy Program Files J SoftServo D 100T_Simu 4 ncdata MAINPROG_DEMO dat This file will be deleted from the following folder Click OK to complete Click Cancel to abort Figure 13 10 Delete Prompt Window in Editor Mode 7 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to complete the operation x NOTE If you change your mind and no longer want to delete the file press the quit button on the bottom toolbar or press the esc key 13 8 4 Renaming a Part Program File To rename a part program file Er si 1 Press the _rumrie button on bottom toolbar 2 If you don t see the _ rNmrue button press the 44 MORE button on bottom toolbar 1 to get to bottom toolbar 2 see Figure 13 1 2 If you re not in the desired drive the drive where the file you re trying to rename is located 13 13 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL i Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs I a
60. can vary between the X and Z axes such as a text box or at an option that can be checked or t unchecked you can press the AXIS button to toggle between the X and Z axis settings for the items you are currently at See the following figure for an example Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters f gt If the focus is on this pull down menu pressing the l button will toggle between the X and Z axis settings for that pull down menu Similarly for any text boxes or options that can be checked or unchecked Frame pr m am a a a a m a a ee a No e e e ws ws ws ww ww we oe oe M Text Box Selection wW Choice 1 wW Choice 1 Figure 4 3 Example Frame with Settings for the X and Z Axes NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the pull down menu text box or selection that you want to put the focus on 4 3 2 Selecting From Among Options in a Frame Once you are in the desired frame see Figure 4 3 you can change which option is selected by pressing the T a c and ce buttons Either of these buttons will rotate you through the options if there are only two options it will toggle you between them Frame Option 1 C Option 2 Co Option 3 Figure 4 4 Example Frame with Options NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the option you want to select 4 3 3 Changing Values in the Text Boxes Te
61. changes you must press the __ apet_y__ button on the bottom toolbar This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system Be careful if you leave the Coordinates Counter Mode without pressing the apply button all of your changes will be lost and you may or may not realize that your changes have not been saved 14 8 4 4 Setting the Workpiece Coordinates Back to the Default Settings w To reset the tool offsets back to their default settings of 0 000 press the _ peraut button 14 30 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 8 4 5 Exiting Coordinates Counter Mode To exit Coordinates Counter Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the __wrP cc button press the esc key or press the E button again 14 9 Setting the Part Counter Options 14 9 1 Accessing the Part Counter Frames To access the part counter options you must get into Coordinates Counter Mode a sub mode in ServoWorks E S 100T To get into Coordinates Counter Mode press the _ wecrc_ button on the right toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T screen You will see the shown in Figure 14 20 E NOTE Ifthe _wrc button is disabled appears as 1t s probably because you have not set the home position for your axes You must set the home position see Section 3 4 Performing a Homing Operation B Ne ah Press the HOME button on
62. enabled there will be white text and input will be taken from the operator s panel the settings of the operator s panel will be detected by the software 5 1 10 Overtravel Status Indicators Have the Software Limits Been Reached The oval LED icons next to each axis indicate whether that axis has reached its forward or backward soft limit The forward soft limits are indicated by a over the oval LED icons and the backward soft limits are indicated by a over the oval LED icons Gray Gi indicates that the soft limit for a particular axis and direction has not been reached and red indicates that the soft limit for a particular axis and direction has been reached 5 2 Specifying Information to Display in the Main Display Area 5 2 1 What Information Is Available to Be Displayed Regardless of the current mode you can select the information to display in the main display area You can display status information for several types of data Some of this information is displayed only in combination with other information Section 5 2 2 Using Screen Mode to Select Information to Display in the Main Display Area explains the combinations of information available for display and how to select what to display You can change the display while you are in any control mode by using Screen Mode Going into Screen Mode only changes the buttons on the bottom toolbar and does not change the rest of the control interface Becau
63. is no motion the axes are immobile Pause also indicates that there is no motion but that motion was interrupted in Auto Mode and MDI Mode only 5 1 7 Servo Drives On Off Status Indicators The oval LED icon next to each axis indicates the on off status of the servo drives Green represents on and red indicates off Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATAS Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations 5 1 8 Home Status Indicators Is the Axis at the Home Position The oval LED icon next to each axis indicates whether that axis is at its home position Gray indicates that the axis is not at its home position and green indicates that the axis is at its home position 5 1 9 Override Status Indicators What Are the Current Override Settings There are three types of overrides for which the status is displayed e ME manual feedrate override can range from 0 to 230 e RP rapid positioning feedrate override can be 0 25 50 or 100 e SS spindle speed override can range from 50 to 120 The number displayed under each label MF RP or SS indicates the current override percentage setting NOTE If you have disabled the MF RP or SS switches in the Operator s Panel frame in the General screen in Configuration Mode the override percentage settings will be shown in a green text If the MF RP and SS switches are
64. not applied the changes you could be misled by what is being plotted 4 11 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL sts Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters The upper plot is for the X axis the lower plot is for the Z axis The vertical axis 1s in voltage velocity position in millivolts and the horizontal axis represents time in milliseconds Sero Control di d Fos loop gain Hz 5 000 5 000 In pos width pulse Pa Yel Feedforward C On C On Gain 4 eae 200 Over Position Limit stopped pulse 256 26G Moving pulse 262144 262144 Ran A SO Figure 4 9 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 Showing A Servo Control Plot 1 of 2 Serro Control da J Pos loop gain Hz 5 000 In pos width pulse 2 2 Yel Feedforward r On C On Gain 4 Pre Poo Over Position Limit stopped pulse 25 25 Moving pulse 262144 262144 Al 1 1500 1750 enon Figure 4 10 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 Showing A Servo Control Plot 2 of 2 4 12 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters it press the __ more button and you will see the following figure nae CONTROL Encoder Parameters x Fi Encoder Polarity Normale Normal Resolution puljrev 1000 1000 DisfEnc Reyv inch 0 7000 0 2000 Motor Parameters x Fi Motor Pol
65. of the ServoWorks S 100T window no matter what mode you are in SACKS Ime Cycle Time Indicator used in Auto Mode only 00 00 07 Spindle Status Indicator displays the speed at which the Spindle is rotating Feedrate inch min 20 0 Feedrate Indicator displays the coordinated feedrate at which the axes are moving Locks Status Indicator Servo Loop Status Indicator Servo Drives On Off Status Indicators Home Status Indicators is the axis atthe home position Override MHF RP SS Override Status Indicators what are the current override settings Overtravel Status Indicators have the software overtravel limits been reached Figure 5 1 The Status Indicator Area of the ServoWorks S 100T Window Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATAS Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations 5 1 2 Cycle Time Indicator The cycle time is used only in Auto Mode It displays the time the G code part program has been running You can use this cycle time to determine how long it takes to produce a particular part and to compare different versions of part programs for the same part 5 1 3 Spindle Status Indicator The spindle status indicator displays the speed at which the spindle is rotating in revolutions per minute If the spindle status displays 0 then the spindle is not moving The spindle speed is always displayed in RPMs regardless of whether you set the spindle speed fo
66. own customized ServoWorks S 100T application can quickly test applications under development without the possibility of damaging hardware or machines 3 Program Verification Testing With simulated motion control developers can test part programs and view plots created by those part programs without the possibility of damaging hardware or machines 1 4 Using ServoWorks S 100T with the SSP 140 User Interface The SSP 140 has a flat color computer screen Surrounding the screen are twenty function keys ten at the bottom and ten along the right side of the screen The screen display of ServoWorks S 100T is set up so that all of the choices available to you at any given time are displayed as buttons on toolbars permanently anchored at the bottom and the right side of the screen The buttons on the toolbars correspond with the hard function keys on the SSP 140 This is the case in any mode for whatever you are doing with ServoWorks S 100T All of the buttons on these toolbars have a corresponding hard function key To select a button on the screen press the corresponding function key as shown in Figure 1 1 This area of the screen is reserved mainly for display of information Any options for input such as slide bars displayed in this part of the screen can be accessed only with a mouse an optional feature of ServoWorks S 100T To select the OFFSET button press Note that a mouse is not required since all input can be the F19 fun
67. parts that have a diameter of 1 002 it s off by 0 002 in diameter Therefore the tool wear offset is half of this difference or 0 001 for radius programming or 0 002 for diameter programming 14 26 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Tool 0 001 Design diameter Diameter of part currently being produced Figure 14 18 Calculating Tool Wear Offsets Top View of a Lathe 14 7 8 Exiting Offset Mode lil To exit Offset Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the __orrser__ button press the jl ESC key on your panel PC or press the button again 14 8 Setting the External Zero Offset and Workpiece Zero Point Offsets 14 8 1 What Is An External Zero Offset The external zero offset is the offset value of the external workpiece coordinate system used for shifting the machine origin as shown in the following figure y Workpiece Workpiece Workpiece Coordinate Coordinate Coordinate System 1 System 2 System 3 G54 G55 G56 Workpiece Mforkpiece Workpiece Coordinate Coordinate System 5 System 6 Coordjrate System 4 558 G59 Origin of external workpiece coordinate system Machine Origin 0 0000 0 0000 7 Figure 14 19 The External Workpiece Coordinate System 14 27 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production
68. run NOTE This is only relevant in Auto Mode e Timer shows the elapsed time since the timer was last reset NOTE If the timer has never been set it will display as 0 00 00 See the following section for how to set the timer Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PENTAS Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations Statistics Part Number 0 Date and Time 12 9 02 12 07 08 PM Run Time 01 16 3 Ave Cutting Time N A Timer 00 01 54 Figure 5 3 Statistics Frame 5 2 1 5 Setting the Timer For the timer to be useful you need to set it while in Screen Mode press the __screen__ button to get into Screen Mode To set the timer back to 0 00 00 press the _settmer button 5 2 1 6 Switches Information You can access relevant information from the Switches frame shown in the following figure Switches Home Switch Limit Switch ks Fa E Biri Tm Biri Tm Bi Limit Switch Figure 5 4 Switches Frame For each axis you can view the following information e Home Switch this displays the High Low status of the voltage corresponding to the home switch circuit e Limit Switch this displays the High Low status of the voltage corresponding to the high hardware limit switch circuit e Limit Switch this displays the High Low status of the voltage corresponding to the low hardware limit switch circuit The normal state of the ho
69. set to radius the X offset data is shown as a radius value 7 Press the _ arey button on the bottom toolbar in order to save your changes This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system You must repeat the steps in Sections 14 7 5 2 through 14 7 5 5 for each tool tool offset However since the workpiece zero point Z and the turning surface X have been set you should do touch offs instead of skim cutting for the X and Z axes You will need to type the corresponding template thickness for each axis NOTE The X offset of the gauge template should be radius thickness value 14 7 6 Automatically Setting Tool Geometry Offsets Using Tool Measuring Sensors In lieu of moving the tool to touch off the part as described in Section 14 7 5 Automatically Setting Tool Geometry Offsets Using Touch Offs you would use a tool measurer and touch the part to the tool measurer sensors The tool offset values are filled in automatically through PLC when the tool touches the measuring sensors Press the Ral button on the bottom toolbar to use the Auto Measurer feature while in Offset Mode 14 7 7 Calculating Tool Wear Offsets The easiest way to calculate tool wear offsets is to measure the parts your lathe is producing The more often you recalculate tool wear offsets the more accurate the parts you will cut For example If the program was designed to create a part with a diameter of 1 000 and it s now producing
70. showing how to navigate the various control modes follows 3 4 Sub Mode Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T Start and End Program Operational Modes Operational Mode J Any of the following J og Continuous Mode J og Incremental Mode Rapid Mode MDI Mode Home Mode MAIN Handwheel Mode Auto Mode or M DE Spindle Mode Configuration Mode TSAR AAD N Coordinates Offset Screen Locks Plot Editor Mode B Mode E Mode F Mode N Mode r a a mr mr meee N 7 cee ee ee ew we ww wm wm me me me mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm om mm om mm mm om mm om om om om om om om om om om om mm om om om om om om om om om om om om mm om om mm wm em me oe ee l When you enter a sub mode from an operational mode you have three choices 1 go to another sub mode depending on NC servo status some sub modes may not be available 2 return from the sub mode to the operational mode you were in before entering a sub mode by pressing the _ key or 3 going directly to Main Mode not recommended You cannot go directly from a sub mode to Main Mode unless you entered the sub mode from Main Mode see Figure 3 5 Figure 3 4 Flow Chart for Navigating Control Modes Option 1 Entering an Operational Mode from Main Mode 3 5 eee ee typ N o _ _ mr mm meee Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ai ie
71. shown in the following figure X 450 C 50 C Far Side D Far Side P C hersi C vearSit 50 Q D 50 D t Operator X4 Operator Far Side X Near Side X Figure 4 7 Top View of a Lathe Showing X Direction Near Side and Far Side Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 4 3 Operator s Panel Parameters The Operator s Panel frame allows you to avoid conflict between commands given by ServoWorks S 100T and commands given by buttons on the operator s panel There are three override inputs for which you can take input from either ServoWorks S 100T or from the operator s panel e MEO manual feedrate override can be set from 0 to 230 e SSO spindle speed override can be set from 50 to 120 e RPO rapid positioning override can be set to 0 25 50 or 100 If you check the box for an override input that input will be taken from the switches on an operator s panel and you will not be able to command that override input in ServoWorks S 100T the text boxes and sliders for the relevant override input will be disabled If the box for an override input is unchecked the settings of the switch for that override input on the operator s panel if there is one will be ignored and the settings in ServoWorks S 100T will be in effect You will be able to use ServoWorks S 100T to change that override input If you c
72. that option active which means that you can scroll through the G or M codes The G code reference tool will display one G code definition at a time as shown in the following window F Speed of tool feed Feedrate pad for an absolute command UW for an incremental command are center modifier for the amp axis radius value Kt arc center modifier for the Z axis F_ are radius with sign Figure 13 2 The G Code Reference Tool Pull Down Menu in Editor Mode For each G Code ServoWorks S 100T displays a helpful graphic reminding you of how that G code is to be used Each parameter is labeled to remind you of how to specify these parameters The screen also displays all possible parameters you can use with that G code The M code reference tool will display ten M code definitions at a time as shown in the following window 13 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs M Code Definition MOO Program Stop M05 Spindle Stop M01 Optional Stop MOB N A M0 End of Program Mo N A M03 Spindle CW Mos Coolant On Spindle CCW ALIE Coolant Off Figure 13 3 The M Code Reference Tool M Code Definition Frame in Editor Mode 2 To scroll through the G codes one at a time or to scroll through the M codes ten at a time use the T upvcHe and __oncua buttons on the bottom toolbar NOTE If you have a mouse you c
73. the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3 2 To get to the ar Main window press the MAIN button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window ai 2 Press the sogcont button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main window You will then see the following window Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL are ie Chapter 8 Continuous Jogging Using Jog Continuous Mode oe mn Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go E 00 00 00 inch inch inch inch WP C C ae j X 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 ty oo z 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 Feedrate inch min 0 0 SCREEN Locks mh x Z LOCKS Servo i Stop PLOT X Z po Home EDITOR eee JOG CONT OPERATION z Axis Feedrate Feedrate Override Override MF RP ss y C High 100 I OO A 1 Medium ie nlala l Derive i Direction ae Feedrate inch min l RESET l Xe i c FWD C BWD x 200 ze 200 Th l DE EEE ee MAIN ma ai hy Ry 7s Z FWD Z BWD FEED SEL MFO MFO e a a a ww we we we we we we we we we we we wee we we we we we we we we we we we we we we ww we we ws ww we ww we we we we we we w ee ee ee aM ees ed These are function buttons that allow you to set the parameters for the og Continuous Mode motion These frames display the og Continuous Mode settings and also allow you to set the parameters for the J og Continuou
74. the bottom toolbar then press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all four axes to their home positions at the same time Press the MAIN button to return to Main Mode The amp wpe button should now be enabled for you to select it You may need to press the __switcy__ to put the focus on the Part Counter frame The sc button toggles you between the Workpiece Coordinate System frame and the Part Counter frame 14 9 2 Specifying Counter Options You should specify a number for the part counter to count from You can also activate an M code counter instead of a part code counter You can count how many times the M02 code is executed or the M30 code is executed or you can specify some other M code to be counted Counting At V Activate M Code Counter MO End of Program no rewind Activate M Code Counter Specified as M CODE im Figure 14 21 Counting At Frame M Code Counter Options 14 31 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ccleaner Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production In order to save your changes you must press the __ ape_y__ button on the bottom toolbar This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system Be careful if you leave the Coordinates Counter Mode without pressing the apply button all of your changes will be lost and you may or may not realize that your changes have not been saved 14
75. to select axis Z Then retract the Z axis to a safe position 14 7 5 5 Finishing the Setting of the Tool Geometry Offsets 1 Stop the spindle rotation by pressing the S button on the bottom toolbar This button will then appear gray __SPNon_ 2 Press the button to get to the first screen in Offset Mode 3 Press the __sw cn__ button to on the bottom toolbar to make the Part Dimension and Gauge Template Thickness frames appear The s Tc button toggles you between the two views shown in Figure 14 15 14 25 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 4 Measure the part diameter in inches and type that data in the text frame labeled Part Dia 5 Specify the X axis by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to t X or use the AXIS on the bottom toolbar to select axis X 6 Press the button to have the X geometry offset internally calculated based on the X axis position and the part diameter You will see that the X Geometry Offset data value is updated and the X Wear Offset data value is set to zero for the tool offset number you specified in Section 14 7 5 2 Selecting the Tool Offset MEASURE NOTE If the program measuring parameter is set to diameter the X offset data is shown as a diameter value If the program measuring parameter is
76. to the Internet on this computer 2 Does this computer hawe web access to the internet Yes Mo Figure 2 36 Question Dialog Box 7 Click Yes if you do have access to the Internet and a browser will open up taking you to Ardence s web site similar to the web page shown in Figure 2 37 NOTE the browser may open up below your installation software window you may have to click on your computer s status bar to see it The web page should be automatically filled in with your PAC purchase authentication code number your machine D and your e mail address If you don t have access to the Internet skip ahead to step 10 2 23 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATERN Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Venturcom Licensing Microsoft Internet Explorer Home Corporate Products Services Partners Success Stories Support Login Home Licensing a Support Sitemap Venturcom Licensing Support Plan Overview Client Login Tech Notes Instructions for VenturCom Product Licensing You must enter a VenturCom Purchase Authentication Code PAC and Machine ID if not already filled in for you Enter your email address Select the type of License Key New or Replacement License Key Please read our license agreement you must agree with the agreement to be able to create a license key Click the Get License button Print or copy your License Key PAC Number 51
77. wear to the tool tip as shown in the following figure Wear is continually changing as tools are used in production Wear offset on Z axis Theoretical tool tip position if there A WA was no tool nose wear Actual tool tip position Figure 14 12 Wear Offsets NOTE To have ServoWorks S 100T automatically calculate geometry and wear offsets you must include tool location codes the rough locations of the tools in the part programs If you do include tool location codes in the part program the plot will show the tool position 14 16 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production You will need to set your tool offsets before you run production Your tool offsets should be changed as cutting conditions change to adjust for tool wear and to maintain quality production You must manually set the tool wear offsets but there are three ways to set tool geometry offsets 1 You can manually set the tool geometry offsets for the X and Z axes and for the tool radius by manually calculating each geometry offset for each axis and tool radius and then inputting that data in the Tool Offset Compensation frame in Offset Mode 2 You can automatically set the tool geometry offset by using the HandWheel or some other manual mode to skim cut touch off the tool to the part and have ServoWorks S 100T record that position and automatically calculate the tool o
78. with options 4 6 executing a part program 14 1 14 32 exiting Editor Mode 13 15 exiting from a sub mode 15 3 15 4 exiting from an operational mode 15 2 exiting Offset Mode 14 27 exiting Plot Mode 5 13 exiting Screen Mode 5 9 exiting ServoWorks S 100T 15 1 from a sub mode 15 3 from an operational mode 15 2 from Main Mode 15 1 external workpiece coordinate system 14 27 external zero offset 14 27 Extra Home Positions frame 4 22 F F in Lock Status Indicator 5 2 fast forwarding a part program 14 33 fatal system errors 2 1 2 3 feed override 14 5 Feed Override frame 8 3 Feed Override slider 14 6 FEED SEL button 8 2 FEEDRATE button 4 4 4 21 Feedrate frame 9 2 Feedrate Indicator 5 1 5 2 feedrate load factor 4 10 feedrate parameters 4 1 4 4 4 21 Feedrate Parameters Display Area 4 21 FILE LIST button 4 37 13 6 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 13 13 14 14 4 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC FILE NAME button 13 9 13 14 file names 13 9 FIND button 13 8 Find frame 13 8 Find Tool 13 3 13 7 13 8 finding text in a part program 13 7 FIT button 5 12 flight recorder 16 3 flow chart for control modes 3 5 3 6 FOLDER button 4 37 13 5 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 14 14 4 FP 104 4 28 5 5 FP 104 button 4 29 FP 60 4 28 5 5 FP 60 button 4 29 FP 60 I O button 5 8 5 10 FP 60 I O Settings Display Area 4 28 FP 75 4 28 5 5 FP 75 button 4 29 FP 80 4 28 5 5 F
79. you agree to be bound by the terme and Do vou accept all the terns of the preceding license agreement IF you choose No setup will close To install ATS you must accept this agreement lt Back es Ho Figure 2 33 Ardence Software License Agreement Window 4 You should read the license agreement then click the Yes button to accept the terms of the agreement You will see the Ardence RTX Setup window as shown in the following figure which will ask you to fill in your name and your company s name Ardence RTZ 6 1 Setup Please enter pour name Your company s name and customer ID below Hame John Smith Company ABC Company Incorporated lt Back Cancel Figure 2 34 Ardence RTX Setup Window 5 Fill in the information and click the Next button You will see a Product Registration window appear as shown in the following figure 2 22 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL AETR Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Product Registration 3 Ee x Please enter your PAC Number and e mail address PAC 5 O2 PAC 1 39 598 E mail Jiohn abcine com 4 Back Cancel Figure 2 35 Ardence Product Registration Window 6 Fill in your PAC you can find it on a sticker on your Soft Servo Systems CD case and your e mail address Then click the Next button A dialog box will appear as shown in the following figure asking whether you have access
80. 00 b 0 0000 5 0 0000 b 0 0000 f 0 0000 8 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 4 22 The Machine Error Compensation Parameters Display Area 1 Machine error parameters include enabling or disabling and setting values related to backlash compensation and leadscrew pitch error compensation for each axis These parameters apply to the machine tool and you should seldom need to change them You should refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual for a detailed discussion of each parameter what the parameter is its significance its possible values etc You can also choose whether or not to display compensation data NOTE There are 128 pitch error values for each axis of which only 8 are displayed at any one time To scroll through all the pitch error values consecutively use the and more pitch error values as shown in the following figure NEXT buttons These will show you 4 19 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL EEEE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Figure 4 23 The Machine Error Compensation Parameters Display Area 16 4 20 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Press the _reeorare_ button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Feedrate Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure Pay Feedrate Parameters Jogf inch min Incremental 200 0000 Co
81. 02 PAC 139 598 Machine ID fi 162 0740441166251 Email Address john abcinc com Please select New or Replacement License Key NEW LICENSE KEY REPLACEMENT LICENSE KEY Final step Press Get License GET LICENSE Home Corporate Products Services Partners Success Stories Support Login Contact Us Site Map Search Coovriaht 2003 Ardence Inc 29 Sawvwver Road Waltham WA 02453 All Rights Reserved Leaal Notice E Figure 2 37 Sample Web Page for Automatic Retrieval of an Ardence License Key 8 Click on the NEW LICENSE KEY button and a license agreement will appear as shown in the following figure 2 24 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL AETR Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Important Information surrounding the License Agreements IMPORTANT INFORMATION READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE FOLLOWING MATERIAL By selecting l Agree below and installing and using the program and user documentation the Product provided to you by VenturCom Inc and or subsidiaries Licensor You are taking affirmative action to signify that You are entering into a legal agreement and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the above agreement even without Your signature Licensor will grant You a license to use the Product only if you accept all of the terms of the agreement below READ THE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY This is a legal and enforceable contract between you and
82. 07 email info vci com Please indicate Your Acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by selecting AGREE below and ensure that the License You are obtaining contains the desired rights and limits Any person who accepts the terms of this Agreement represents to Licensor that he or she has read and understood these terms has the authority to enter into contracts of this nature and is authorized to bind himself or herself or the company or entity that will be using this License to this Agreement Otherwise select DO NOT AGREE to abandon this License of Product Agree Do not Agree k Done 1 I 8 ag internet y Figure 2 38 Sample Web Page for Ardence License Key Agreement 9 Read the software license agreement and then click the I Agree button You will be taken back to the previous web page shown in Figure 2 37 Click the GET LICENSE button and an RTX license key number will be displayed on the screen as shown in the following figure and will also be e mailed to you at the e mail address you have provided Keep this number in a safe place Skip ahead to Step 12 2 25 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATERN Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Venturcom Licensing Microsoft Internet Explorer oj x Ele Edit Wew Favorites Tools Help Address 2 https support vci com icense LicenseGen asp Home Corporate Products Services Partners Success S
83. 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ai ia IME Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations Figure 5 9 Bottom Toolbar in Plot Mode 2 If you are in Auto Mode you can skip this step Otherwise press the _ proton button on the bottom toolbar You will see horizontal and vertical axes appear labeled in either inches or millimeters A zoom factor also appears telling you how the plot size relates to the actual distance on the machine tool For instance a zoom factor of 0 3 indicates that the plot is 30 of the size of the actual tool movement and the actual part NOTE If at any time your plot disappears due for instance to a dialog box that pops up in the plot display area Tm and the plot will reappear You will be in Screen mode so you will need to press the esc key or the __ screen button again to return to your previous mode 5 3 3 Changing the Orientation Plane of a Plot You can easily change the orientation of a plot Pressing the plot between the four possible orientations ORIENT button on the bottom toolbar toggles the 1 ZX the X axis plotted in the vertical direction and the Z axis plotted in the horizontal direction as shown in the following figure oom Factor 0 640 60 35 149 61 Zimm Figure 5 10 Plot with XZ Orientation 5 11 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations 2 XZ the Z axis plotted in the vertical direction
84. 13 8 Backup Prompt Window in Editor Mode cccceccccssseeccceceeeeeceeeeceeeceeeeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 13 10 Figure 13 9 Move Prompt Window in Editor Mode ccccccccccccccccccceeesssseeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeauaaeeessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 13 12 Figure 13 10 Delete Prompt Window in Editor Mode ccccccccecsseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceececeeeceeceeececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeess 13 13 Figure 13 11 Rename Prompt Window in Editor Mode cccccccccssssssesseseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaqaas 13 14 Figure 14 1 Auto Mode Window Showing All Three Bottom Toolbars 20 0 0 cccccssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeneees 14 2 Figure 14 2 Auto Mode Window for Opening a File ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeessesseseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaaaaeeesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 14 3 Figure 14 3 Auto Mode Window With Part Program File Executing cccccccccccccsstsssssssssseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaaags 14 5 Figure 14 4 HandWheel Information in the Auto Mode Display Area When the HandWheel Interrupt Button Is On Seeder eared T E E A T an cits A A A A A A AET E E A A 14 8 Figure 14 5 Bottom Toolbar in Locks Mode eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesesesesseeseeeeeeerereereereerererererereereeeeererereerereeeeeeeeeeereeeseees 14 9 Figure 14 6 Lock Status Indications for the Machine Lock Switch ssseseseeseeesesssssssseeeeesereeerererereereererererereeees 14 10 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Figure 14 7 Figure 1
85. 16 2 resetting 16 1 resetting the Cycle Time 14 33 resetting the Emergency Stop Button 6 2 restarting ServoWorks S 100T 3 1 restoring a registry file 4 36 4 37 resuming part program execution 14 8 retraction after thread cutting 4 10 REW FF button 14 33 REWIND button 14 33 rewinding a part program 14 33 RGB settings 4 51 RIGHT button 4 5 4 30 5 13 14 19 Right Toolbar 3 2 RNM FILE button 13 13 RP 5 3 RPO 4 10 RPO button 10 2 10 3 14 6 14 13 RPO button 10 2 10 3 14 6 14 13 RTX See Ardence RTX RtxServer Window 3 3 Run 5 2 run time 5 4 running production 14 1 14 32 S S BLOCK button 14 7 S 100T See ServoWorks S 100T Safe Zone 1 frame 4 14 IX SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index SAFE ZONE button 4 4 4 14 safe zone parameters 4 1 4 4 4 14 Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 1 4 14 Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 2 4 15 sample default_ISR dat file 16 4 SAVE AS button 13 8 SAVE button 13 8 SAVE FILE button 13 9 saving a part program 13 8 saving parameter settings 4 36 saving part program files 13 9 saving your changes in Configuration Mode 4 7 in Coordinates Counter Mode 14 30 in Offset Mode 14 20 to parameters 4 7 saving your color settings 4 52 scaling a plot to fit 5 12 SCREEN button 5 4 5 5 5 7 5 9 5 10 5 11 screen elements 4 42 Screen Mode 5 3 5 7 5 10 bottom toolbar 5 7 options 5 8 5 9 Screen Mode options for display 5 9 SELECT b
86. 2 1 1 Position Information About Each AXIS ccccccccsssssssssseeecceeeeeeeeceeaaasssesseseeeecceeeeeeeeeeaaaassaaeaaseeeeeees 5 3 5 2 1 2 Clearing the Relative Positions 20 0 0 cccccccccsssssssssssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaasaanseeeeeeeeees 5 4 5 2 1 3 A Plot of Tool Tiaje Ctr yccsvassneuvsinoreiskacenencenenceansinen vaduwuesdvanionnntieueensbet Uueutsduoneivaesensxetensuouvveiteesvedeaber 5 4 5 2 1 4 Statistics Information ccccccssseeccccecceeeeeeaaasseessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaasaseesssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaesaseeeeeeeeeess 5 4 SA Bade SAn AD E E E E E E E E 5 5 5 2 1 6 Switches Informati n sesseirierrererecerisivierrenrcinrcerivinikeni dhdnened Catenin dttine nN E E 5 5 5 2 1 7 Digital Local I O for the VersioBus Adapter Board ccccccssssssssseseeeeccceeeeeceeeaaaesseaeeesseeeeeees 5 5 5 2 1 8 Digital I O for the Servo Interface Module cccccccccccceecccccecaeeseesseeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeaaasessaasseseeeeess 5 6 5 2 1 9 Digital I O for the IM 200 cccccccccccccecceccceceeeessssssseeeecceccceeeessaaaaessesseseeeeeeeeceseeeeessaeasaeseeeseeeeess 5 6 iv Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents 5 2 2 Using Screen Mode to Select Information to Display in the Main Display Area ccccceeseeeeees 5 7 D2 We I Cie CI EO OC sos ser icacecsascaiassetenedncenesanacteteons sacsaapaanenasatonatesgusceassai a a 5 9 5 3 Plotting Motion Using Plot Mode
87. 2 33 Ardence Software License Agreement WIndOW csssssssssssseeceeeeccceeceeeeeaaeaaassssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaags 2 22 Figure 2 34 Ardence RTX Setup Window ccccsssssessseseseeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeaaseeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaasaaeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaqaas 2 22 Figure 2 35 Ardence Product Registration Window ccsssssssssssssscceceeeeceecececeeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 23 Pisure 2 562 QuestOn Dialog BOX ss sectrcmntceedcunntetince cosets cunt newanpaad cwnbectuenaadecs bselacwabieeacaosedncuabnetscvadacbaanuesdabehenemansuts 2 23 Figure 2 37 Sample Web Page for Automatic Retrieval of an Ardence License Key cccccccsssecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 24 Figure 2 38 Sample Web Page for Ardence License Key AgreeMment cc ccccccccsceeccceeceeeeecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 25 Figure 2 39 Sample Web Page for Ardence License Key Display cccccccccceeeeecceceeeeeeeesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeaaaaas 2 26 Figure 2 40 Manual Registration Window cccsessssssssssssssnsnssececccecececeeeeeceeececeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 26 Pisure 2241 RTX License Key Window sacsecaicacacusacericcasiecscusanensonatsedncusanessicwedsedsewaeneedccabsecieeussewabsadnewancteddeatgbenewanets 2 27 Figure 2 42 Choose Destination Location Window cccssssssssssssssecccecceeceeceeeeceeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeess 2 28 Fiure 24 i MOO Ge Folder Window
88. 4 8 Figure 14 9 Figure 14 10 Figure 14 11 Figure 14 12 Figure 14 13 Figure 14 14 Figure 14 15 Frames Figure 14 16 Figure 14 17 Figure 14 18 Figure 14 19 Figure 14 20 Figure 14 21 Figure 14 22 Figure 14 23 Figure 14 24 Figure 14 25 Figure 15 1 Figure 15 2 Figure 15 3 Figure 15 4 Figure 15 5 Figure 16 1 Figure 16 2 Figure 16 3 Figure 16 4 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Contents Lock Status Indications for the Interlock Switch cccceccsssessseeececeeeeeceeceaaeasesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeenaaas 14 11 Tool Movement Comparison for Machine Lock and Interlock 0 0 0 eeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 14 12 Plot and Data Display Comparison for Machine Lock and Interlock cc ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 13 TOON OS EUG a AA E E santa E E 14 15 Tool Geometry OMSELS c215 ccscsscanetseseacsuengernadeiganaauintsdonednoss ons desu ededsdenanedsngd anaboodonsdininadeieanaauanedonohsesss 14 16 VV AE OTIS 1S E E E EE EE E OTE T EE E 14 16 The Offset Mode Window Screen 1 Of 2 ccccccecccccccccesccceecccesecceeecccessscessceeeecseeecseeeseesseseeseees 14 18 The Offset Mode Window Screen 2 Of 2 ccccccceccccsecccsecccesccceseccesecseeusscesseeesseeecsseeessesseseeseees 14 19 Switching Between Tool Location Code Diagram and Part Dimension and Gauge Template Thickness EEE A A E yee A T E AE E A E E E E E A 14 21 Touching Off to Set the Z Axis Geometry Offset nnneeneess
89. 5 0 2183 1 Digital Signer Microsott Windows 2000 Publisher To view details about the driver files loaded tor this device click Driver Details To uninstall the driver files for this device click Uninstall To update the driver files for this device click Update Driver Update Drier OF Cancel Figure 2 7 HAL Model Properties Window 2 6 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 10 Click on the Driver tab 11 Click on the Update Driver button to start the Device Driver Wizard shown in the following figure Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Install Hardware Device Drivers A device driver i a software program that enables a hardware device to work with an operating system This wizard upgrades drivers for the following hardware device mj ACPI Uniprocessor PC Upgrading to a newer version of a device driver may add functionality to or improve the performance of this device What do you want the wizard to do Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended f Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that can choose a specific driver lt Back Cancel Figure 2 8 Update Device Driver Wizard Install Hardware Device Drivers Window 12 Select Display a list of the known drivers and click the Next button and you will see the following figure Upgrade D
90. 5 with Plot 4 18 smoothing parameters 4 1 4 4 smoothing time 4 16 smoothing type 4 16 soft function keys 1 3 software development 1 3 software installation 2 20 software limits 5 3 SPC 120 panel PC 1 1 2 1 Special Program Path frame 4 41 4 51 specifying counter options 14 31 specifying information to display in the Main Display Area 5 3 SPEED button 7 2 14 22 SPEED button 7 2 14 22 Speed Check frame 4 24 spindle open or closed loop 1 1 simultaneous interpolation with 1 1 starting and stopping 7 1 SPINDLE button 4 4 4 24 7 1 14 22 Spindle Direction frame 7 2 Spindle Drive Type frame 4 24 Spindle Gear frames 4 25 Spindle Mode 3 3 description 6 1 using 7 1 14 22 Spindle Mode Window 7 1 Spindle Override frame 7 2 spindle override percentage 7 2 spindle parameters 4 1 4 4 4 24 Spindle Parameters Display Area 1 4 24 Spindle Parameters Display Area 2 4 25 Spindle Parameters Display Area 3 4 26 Spindle Parameters Display Area 6 with a Plot 4 27 Spindle Speed frame 7 2 spindle speed override 4 10 5 3 Spindle Status Indicator 5 1 5 2 7 2 SPN DIR button 14 22 SPN ON button 14 23 14 25 SS 5 3 SSO 4 10 SSO button 7 2 SSO button 7 2 SSP 140 panel PC 1 1 2 1 pressing multiple buttons 1 4 user interface 1 3 Standard PC 2 6 2 13 START button 7 2 11 4 14 7 14 14 14 32 14 33 starting a part program 13 4 starting and stopping the spindle 7 1 starting ServoW
91. 8 Machine ID 1762 707404411766251 Email Address johnfabecinc corm Follow the instructions on the webpage to retrieve your license key Once you have been assigned a license key press the Next button below to proceed to the next dialog and enter your license key F F lt Back Cancel Figure 2 40 Manual Registration Window 2 26 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 11 To get an Ardence RTX license key using Internet access use another computer to get on the Internet and 12 Ne go to http support vci com license licenseform asp Input the PAC purchase authentication code number provided by Soft Servo Systems Inc you can find this on a sticker on the CD case for the Soft Servo Systems Inc CD in the PAC Number text box in the web page Input the machine ID for your computer which has been provided by the Ardence RTX installation procedure and is shown in the Manual Registration window in Figure 2 40 in the Machine ID text box in the web page Input your e mail address in the Email Address text box in the web page Click the NEW LICENSE KEY button to obtain a new license or the REPLACEMENT LICENSE KEY button to obtain a replacement license A license agreement will appear you must read the agreement and click I Agree at the bottom of the web page Your RTX license key will be displaye
92. 8 14 19 OK button 4 3 4 37 4 38 8 4 9 4 10 3 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 14 33 14 34 14 35 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 ON button 16 2 OPEN button 13 4 OPEN FILE button 13 6 14 4 opening a part program 13 4 14 3 opening ServoWorks S 100T 3 1 operating status 5 1 operating systems patches 2 18 operation support function switches 14 6 dry run 14 6 MST codes lock 14 7 optional skip 14 6 optional stop 14 7 single block 14 7 operational modes 3 3 exiting from 15 2 15 3 15 4 Operator s Panel frame 4 8 operator s panel parameters 4 10 OPT SKIP button 14 6 OPT STOP button 14 7 optional skip 14 6 optional skip code 14 6 optional skip switch 14 6 optional stop code 14 7 optional stop switch 14 6 14 7 options within a frame 4 6 ORIENT button 5 11 override feed 14 5 rapid 14 5 override percentage setting 5 3 override settings 5 3 Vil SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index Override Status Indicators 5 1 5 3 overtravel limits 5 3 Overtravel Status Indicators 5 1 5 3 OVRD button 14 5 OVRD button 14 5 PAC 2 23 PAE 2 1 Page DN key 13 6 page down key 13 6 page up key 13 6 Page UP key 13 6 panel PCs 1 1 param folder 4 36 PARAM MG button 4 4 4 36 parameter manager 4 2 4 4 4 36 Parameter Manager Display Area 4 36 parameters 3 1 auto plot 4 2 4 4 4 40 color 4 2 4 4 4 41 default settings 4 7 display 4 2 4 4 4 39 feedrate 4 1 4 4 4 21 general
93. 9 3 Exiting Counter Coordinates Mode E To exit Coordinates Counter Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the __ wr cc button press the esc key or press the H button again 14 10 Running Production 14 10 1 Production Run Checklist Before you start a production run you should make sure of the following e Your part program file is loaded and you have proved the program e You have set the operation support function switches Dry Run Optional Skip Optional Stop Single Block and MST Codes Lock e You have set the feed override percentage and rapid override percentage to the desired settings e You have set the general parameters unit of measurement program measuring in Configuration Mode e You have set your Auto Plot parameters in Configuration Mode to the correct part size for the part program you will be running so that your plot displays correctly e You have set your tool offsets e You have set your work coordinates e You have set your part counters 14 10 2 Executing a Part Program 2 To start the execution of a part program press the __start_ button on the bottom toolbar During execution the line of code being executed is highlighted and appears with an asterisk beside it 14 32 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC To stop the part program execution press the _ but
94. CHG SEL button 11 3 11 4 13 3 13 7 choosing a drive when opening a file 4 36 13 5 13 8 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 14 4 choosing from among options in a frame 4 6 chuck barrier diagram 4 15 Chuck Barrier frame 4 15 CLEAR button 5 13 clearing a plot 5 13 clearing the relative positions 5 4 CLR WR button 11 3 11 4 CNC part programming 11 1 14 1 COLOR button 4 4 4 41 4 51 color parameters 4 2 4 4 4 41 accessing 4 41 default 4 41 4 53 selecting and changing 4 50 Color Parameters Display Area 4 41 Color Selection frame 4 41 4 51 Command Log 11 3 11 4 command position 5 3 compatibility issues of Ardence RTX 2 1 2 20 IT SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index computer freezes 2 1 2 3 CONFIG button 4 2 4 5 12 2 Configuration Mode 3 3 4 2 4 50 Configuration Mode Window 4 3 configuring system parameters 4 1 4 2 configuring the program parameters 4 1 CONT button 13 10 13 12 13 13 13 14 continuous jogging 8 1 control modes 3 3 display of current mode 3 6 3 7 flow charts 3 5 3 6 in ServoWorks S 100T 3 2 navigating 3 3 Control Type frame 4 24 coordinate system 3 8 Coordinates Counter Mode 14 28 14 31 Coordinates Counter Mode Window 14 29 COPY button 13 6 copying a registry file 4 36 4 37 copying text in a part program 13 6 counter options 14 31 Counting At frame 14 31 creating a part program 13 1 13 4 creating a registry file 4 36 4 37 Custom 9 2 9 3 cust
95. Conneuraton Mode soseer e EE Era 4 2 4 3 Making Changes to Parameters cccccccccccccceccenaaeeaeasessssseseeeccceceeeeeeeeaaaaessseseeeecececeseeesessuaasssanseeeeeeeeeees 4 5 4 3 1 Navigating Among the Frames and Text BOXes ccccccsssssssssseeeeeecceeceeeeeeaceeeesssesseseeeeececeeeeeseeeaaaensses 4 5 4 3 2 Selecting From Among Options in a Frame cccccssssessssseeeeeccceeeeeeeesaaeeaessseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaagessegsesses 4 6 4 3 3 Changing Values in the Text BOXES ccccccceccccccecceceeeeaesessesseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeaeasaes 4 6 4 3 4 Saving Your Changes to Parameters ccccccccccccccccccccaseesseeseeeeeececeeeeeeeeaaaeessseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeaaaaeeegsees 4 7 4 3 5 Setting A Set of Parameters Back to the Default Settings ccccsssssseeseeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeesenees 4 7 4 4 Setting General Parameters Including the Unit of Measurement csseesessseeeceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeees 4 8 Bi NOV CI OW EEE 4 8 44 2 Proorin Parameters resene E AEE OEE A EEn EEEE EEE EERE 4 9 4 4 3 Operator s Panel Parameters ccccccsssssssssseeecccecceeeeeceeaaesssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessauaaesssseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeqaas 4 10 4 4 4 Machine Unit Parameters sinsossesrocevsersosouesdsavnvasasnanes syoassbncssaeeseignosaubacesmenaalsuoanibacenqennoesbnaespeuseamoousresssies 4 10 4 4 5 Thread Cutting Parameters for G92 and G76 ccccccccccccssssss
96. INPROG_DEMO dat acy WJ Program Files J SoftServo 100T_Simu This file will be duplicated in the following folder Click OK to complete Click Cancel to abort Figure 13 8 Backup Prompt Window in Editor Mode 7 To get to the folder where you want to place the backup file repeat steps 2 and 3 unless you re already in the correct folder 13 10 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs 5 8 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to complete the operation NOTE If you change your mind and no longer want to back up the file press the quit button on the bottom toolbar or press the esc key NOTE When you copy a file there is no option to select a name for the duplicate file Instead _backup is added to the original file name For instance if you duplicated a file called File1 dat the duplicate file would be called Filel_backup dat 13 8 2 Moving a Part Program File To move a part program file A DD 1 Press the _ Movene button on bottom toolbar 2 If you don t see the _ movrue button press the MORE button on bottom toolbar 1 to get to bottom toolbar 2 see Figure 13 1 2 If you re not in the desired drive the drive where the file you re trying to move is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get t
97. Input Usine MDI Mode Chapter 11 Manual Data Input Using MDI Mode 11 1 Overview of MDI Mode MDI Mode is a control mode where you input data for a single command for G M T B S and F codes and then set that command to execute The commands you execute are logged and as an aid to you the definitions of G and M codes are available for your reference ServoWorks S 100T uses the industry standard part programming language for CNC programming With this language you can input a block of code to be executed with G M T B S and F codes You can only input and execute one block of code at a time If you want to execute more than one block of code at a time you should be using Auto Mode Refer to the Servo Works S 100T Part Programming Manual for more information on the specifics of the G M T B S and F codes used by MDI Mode MDI Mode can be helpful for executing one shot blocks of codes as an aid to creating and modifying part programs or to help you learn the part programming language NOTE You must have a mouse and a keyboard or keypad in order to use MDI mode You cannot enter blocks of code with function keys alone 11 2 Getting into MDI Mode The following steps will get you into MDI Mode 1 Make sure you are in the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3 2 To get to the ar Main window press the __man__ button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window 2 Press the MDI
98. LadderWorks PLC 2 30 installing ServoWorks S 100T 2 30 installing software 2 20 Ardence RTX 2 21 LadderWorks PLC 2 30 order of installation 2 18 ServoWorks S 1LOOT 2 30 INTER X button 6 4 14 11 INTER Z button 6 4 14 11 Interface Background 4 43 interface display 4 43 background 4 43 foreground 4 43 on status 4 43 Interface Foreground 4 43 Interface On Status 4 43 interface plot 4 46 interlock difference from machine lock 6 4 14 12 in manual mode 6 3 lock status indicators 6 4 14 11 interlock example 14 12 14 13 interlock switch 14 10 Internet access 2 19 Internet registration 2 23 interpolation feedrate override 14 5 Interrupt Service Routine ISR 16 3 interrupting motion 9 1 ITEM button 4 5 4 8 4 50 4 51 Item Selection frame 4 41 4 50 4 51 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index JOG CONT button 8 1 Jog Continuous Mode 3 3 description 6 1 8 1 using 8 1 Jog Continuous Mode Window 8 2 JOG INCR button 9 1 Jog Incremental Mode 3 3 description 6 1 9 1 using 9 1 Jog Incremental Mode Window 9 2 Jogging frame 4 16 K keyboard 1 1 1 4 keyboard shortcuts 1 5 1 6 keypad 1 4 L LadderWorks PLC 2 30 2 35 precompiled sequence program 2 31 LadderWorks PLC Engine 2 1 3 1 description 3 1 lathe status 5 1 lathe tuning 4 11 leadscrew pitch error compensation 4 19 least input increment 9 2 LEDs 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 LEFT button 4 5 4 30 5 13 14 19 licen
99. Mode buttons on the bottom toolbar until you do see the bring up the following window Cycle Time 00 00 00 Me e Program Pos Actual Pos wa U mm mm OFFSET Feedrate mm min w X 0000 000 0000 000 wm Z 0000 000 0000 000 a C w J no De g 000 000 000 000 Servo Stop E X Z Be Home EDITOR ee tee AUTO OPEN NC FILE DRN S BLK OP SKP OP STP MST LK 7 oda SOU CS E N E A E E l Override re JE a MAINPROG_DEMO dat c l ee sc i T P Fil ae ae Fem mes x JS 100T_Simu xP Z te Ce MAIN Ssi 7 T a x FILE NAME FILE LIST FOLDER DRI E SELECT UP DOWN QUIT OPEN File Name Text Box Path Window This window displays the folder location the path address File List Box This list box displays the contents of the Drive Pull Down Menu This pull down menu displays selected folder the selected drive Figure 14 2 Auto Mode Window for Opening a File 14 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 3 If you re not in the desired drive the drive where the file you re trying to load is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Pressthe sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive
100. ORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 5 Setting Servo Control Parameters eM Press the _ svocym button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Servo Control Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure n CONTROL Serro Control x Fos loop gain Hz 5 oot In pos width pulse 10 Yel Feedforward On Gain E o 0 Over Position Limit stopped pulse 25G 256 Moving pulse 262144 262144 Figure 4 8 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 Servo control parameters include the parameters shown above servo specific parameters plus encoder and motor parameters These parameters apply to the machine tool and you should seldom need to change them You should refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual for a detailed discussion of each parameter what the parameter is its significance its possible values default values etc You can tune your lathe and calibrate ServoWorks S 100T To do so press the button ServoWorks ServoWorks S 100T tunes by recording and plotting data according to your servo control settings Motion will occur during tuning and actual position data will be plotted NOTE The recording and plotting is based on the parameters that have been applied and are currently in the registry file If you have changed what is in the text boxes for servo control parameters but have
101. ORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Fie Acie a Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go 00 00 00 mm mm mm mm Spindle X 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 Upa re 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 EE C 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 Feedrate mm min is OFFSET COMPENSATION 0 0 SCREEN i po 5 Geometry Offset Measure Tool Offset Compensation Cis Programming in Diameter og AdisX mm Axis Z mm Tool Radius mm oc oy x Direction Far Side No Geom Wear Geom Wear Geom Wear Code 1 en on am rv ma 0000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 o ace mm Stop 0 000 oooof oooof 0 00 o 000f 0 000 0 000 o PLOT ae Z Chk Face mm 0 000 a3 ooo 0000f 0 000 o000f o 000f 0 000 0 Z an Aee em Axis x af o 000f o000f 0 000 oooof 0 000 o 000f o Home Tool Type N A ee EDITOR X Z Spindle Speed Spindle Direction Axis Multiplier Override Dom a 0 153 a mld nas Tum Spd rpm Spindle Override HandWheel Pulse RESET X 1000 gt 100 4 Xx 0 000 mm zp Z 0 3000 50 120 Z 0 000 mm MAIN Ot z 2 SPN DIR SPEED SPEED SSO SSO SPN ON HNDL ON Bottom Toolbar 2 Use this button to get to back to the first screen in Offset Mode Figure 14 14 The Offset Mode
102. P oPsTP MSTIK eE i Modal Feedrate Override mene Gal G00 G97 G98 o G21 G40 G25 G23 P G80 G53 G64 Overtravel 1 MM 06 T 0000 B 00 Rapid Override xX S 0 rpm 100 a Z F 0 000 mmpm 0 yo ofS Ot EX NC FILE DRY RUN O RAD O AD RPO OPT SKIP OPT STOP S BLOCK MST LOCK HNDWHL fa ot za ts SPN DIR SPN TYPE SPEED SPEED These function buttons allow you to set the parameters and switches for Auto Mode These frames and text boxes display the Auto Mode settings and also allow you to set some parameters for Auto Mode motion if you have a mouse otherwise you must use the toolbar buttons Clicking on these buttons toggles you among the three toolbars available to you in Auto Mode These Start and Stop buttons start and stop part program execution Figure 14 1 Auto Mode Window Showing All Three Bottom Toolbars 14 2 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production WP C C Lil OFFSET laar APSA of Wa if fe PLOT S EDITOR Toolbar 1 Toolbar 2 Toolbar 3 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Soft Servo 14 2 Opening and Closing a Part Program When you are in Auto Mode you must open a part program file before you do anything else You open a part program file as follows 1 Make sure you are in Auto
103. P 80 button 4 29 FP 95 4 28 5 5 FP 95 button 4 29 frame 4 6 freezing a plot 5 13 freezing computer 2 1 2 3 function keys 1 1 1 3 using with shift keys 1 4 1 5 1 6 G G code background 4 48 display 4 48 foreground 4 48 on status 4 48 G Code Background 4 48 G code definitions 11 3 13 3 G code display 4 48 G Code Foreground 4 48 G Code On Status 4 48 G code part programs 1 2 G code reference tool 11 2 11 3 11 4 13 2 13 3 13 7 G codes 11 1 G M T B S and F codes 11 1 13 1 14 1 G54 G59 14 28 G76 thread cutting parameters 4 10 G92 thread cutting parameters 4 10 gauge template thickness 14 20 14 21 G Code Parser 2 1 3 1 See ServoWorks S 100T G Code Parser GENERAL button 4 4 4 8 general parameters 4 1 4 4 4 8 General Parameters Display Area 4 8 4 9 geometry offset 14 15 14 16 IV SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index Go To Block No 14 34 green LED 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 green screen of death 2 1 2 3 H HAL settings 2 3 HAL type selection 2 3 handwheel data 16 3 handwheel dial 12 1 HandWheel frame 14 8 handwheel information in the Auto Mode Display Area when the HandWheel Interrupt button is on 14 8 handwheel interrupt 14 8 HandWheel Mode 3 3 12 1 description 6 1 12 1 multipliers 12 4 14 23 using 12 1 warning 12 2 HandWheel Mode Window 12 3 handwheel multiplier 12 3 handwheel parameters 4 1 4 4 4 23 HandWheel Parameters Displa
104. Press the Axis X Not At Home then button This will establish the coordinate system for the X axis and Axis X Not At sas H the home position You will see the display button change from es to button on the bottom toolbar or 1f you have a mouse you can click on the he X axis to and Axis X will then be at the home position NOTE If the servo drive for Axis X is not turned on the button for Axis X will be disabled This is true for Axis Z as well 3 9 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL BST RAE Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T 3 Repeat step 2 for the Z Axis NOTE Alternatively you can use the ALL button in the lower right corner to set both axes to their home positions at the same time At any point during the homing operation you can press the ___ noro button to interrupt the homing procedure and stop the movement of both axes 3 10 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 1 Overview Before you operate the lathe you should configure your system and program parameters System parameters are discussed in detail in the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual You should refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual when setting the system parameters as descriptions of these parameters are omitted from the following chapter Progr
105. Settings Display Area ccccccccccccccccecaseeeesseseeecececeeeceeeeeesaaaaaassssseeeeeseeeeeseeseqaaas 4 29 Figure 4 33 The IM 200 I O Settings Display Area cccccccccccccccccceceeeseessesseeseeececeeeeeeeeeeaaaaasesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 29 Figure 4 34 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 1 cccccccccssssssessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 31 Figure 4 35 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 2 cccccccssssssssssseeeecececeeeeceeeeeaaaaaessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 32 Figure 4 36 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 3 cccccccsssssssessseeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaseessseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaas 4 33 Figure 4 37 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 4 ccccccccssssssesssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 34 Figure 4 38 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 10 snsnnnenensesssssssssssssseeerrrssssssssssssserererersssesssssss 4 35 Figure 4 39 The Parameter Manager Display Area ccccccccccccccccceeeesesesseeeeeeccececeeeeeeeeeaaaaasesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 36 Figure 4 40 The Display Parameters Display Area ccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeseseeseseeeecceeeeeeeeeaaeeassssseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaas 4 39 Figure 4 41 The Plot Parameters Display Area ccccccccceeececeeececececaaeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaasaaeaeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaags 4 40 ix Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL
106. System and Program Parameters 1 Press the __ task button on the bottom toolbar to toggle throug Move Remove h the file options and select the option Rename YB 2 Press the _setect button on the bottom toolbar to select the current file and task YB 3 If you are removing the file it will happen as soon as you press the __ setect button 4 If you are copying the file moving a file or renaming a file you will be prompted to select a destination for that file NOTE When you copy a file there is no option to select a name for the duplicate file Instead backup is added to the original file name For instance if you duplicated a file called Filel reg the duplicate file would be called Filel_backup reg 5 If you are renaming a file you will be prompted to enter the new name of the file 6 If you are restoring a file the parameter registry settings from that file will be used for the operation of ServoWorks S 1OOT 4 x 7 Press the OK button to complete the operation or press the cance button to cancel the operation 4 38 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 16 Setting Display Parameters Press the __pisray_ button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Display Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure Data Position Format 6 OOK Display of Four Types of Po
107. TETEMSTHC Chapter 7 Starting and Stopping the Spindle Using Spindle Mode Chapter 7 Starting and Stopping the Spindle Using Spindle Mode Before you start motion in a manual operational mode you may want to start the spindle rotation For that you need to be in Spindle Mode an operational mode NOTE If the C Axis Indexing functions have been activated by the execution of M19 and M20 codes in a part P program Spindle Mode will not be available and the __semoe_ button on the bottom toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T main program window will be disabled The following steps will guide you in starting and stopping the spindle 1 Press the _ spine button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T main program window You will then be in Spindle Mode and see the following window eee Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go E 00 00 00 inch inch inch inch i WP C C aa ene X 000 5560 000 5560 000 5560 000 0000 i oo Z 000 0364 000 0364 000 0364 000 0000 Feedrate SE geimi ee 0 0 0 i Date and Time 7 13 2006 3 02 37 PM US Locks Run Time 01 11 12 x Z Ave Cutting Time N A z LOCKS Timer 00 04 09 7 Switches o JRE Sero x z ann Stop Home Switch M CI Por LimitSwitch EE E Xa Zo Limit Switch ES ET v Home EDITOR X Z SPINDLE OPERATION Spindle Speed Spindle Direction Override MF RP SS i C Surt Spd ft min G CW C CCW M jt a
108. The FP 60 I O Settings Display Area A green LED indicates a signal of 1 logic high position and a red LED indicates a signal of 0 logic low position The output signal can be changed as explained in Section 4 13 3 Changing I O Signals 4 28 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL a Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters gt To get back to this screen from another I O Settings Display Area press the __ reso button on the bottom toolbar Press the __ pe120_ button on the bottom toolbar to see the DC 120 I O Settings Display Area shown in the following figure similar for the DC 150 g TOGGLE DC 120 Digital QO DC 120 In Out In Out Bit 15 a bithf 0 a Bit 14 Bt 06b a Bit 13 a a Bt Bit 12 3 B t d ja Bit 11 a a Bt tU3 Bit 10 bitte Bit 09 Bt l p ate ati a Figure 4 32 The DC 120 I O Settings Display Area Press the __ 200 button on the bottom toolbar to see the IM 200 I O Settings Display Area shown in the following figure k TOGGLE IM 200 Digital 10 IM 200 In Out In Out In Out In Out n B 23 Bitis a B 0 nel tee Dew B eS B hl awa Bt 21 i gt a Bt ol B 28 m B 20 Z biti Z B Bt Se B Dee KH DP B S E Bit 26 a Bis gt B gt
109. This program will install Ardence ATs 6 1 on pour z computer Ik is strongly recommended that you esit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Mest to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program i protected by copyright law and International treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and Will be prosecuted bo the masimum estent possible under law cca Figure 2 32 Ardence Welcome Window 3 Click the Next button and a Software License Agreement window will appear as shown in the following figure 2 21 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Ses Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software Software License Agreement Please read the following license agreement Use the scroll bar to view the rest of the agreement Real Time Extensions for Windows A T ARDENCE INC END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY Ardence Inc Ardence 266 znd Avenue Waltham Ma 02457 ts wiling to license the accompanying software as further described below the Software Product or the Software to vou you or you on the terme contained in this End User License Agreement EULA Read the terme and conditions of this EULA carefully By selecting the YES button
110. W4 0 Fl M04 N00090 G00 X10 0 F1 N00100 G03 X70 0 W 30 0 K 30 0 N00110 G01 W 60 0 N00120 G02 X120 0 W 25 0 125 0 N00130 G70 P050 Q065 B02 N00140 GOO X0 0 2210 0 M05 N00150 G04 P2 0 M09 NO80 G04 P5 0 M10 AFTER Figure 13 5 Example 1 of a Part Program Before and After the Sequence Number Function G28 G50 X0 Z0 G65 P1 Z 5 R 5 Q1 D0 3 F20 0 IF 26 18 gt 0 GOTO 100 IF 1 7 lt 0 GOTO 100 IF 7 lt 0 GOTO 100 IF 9 lt 0 GOTO 100 WHILE 50 17 gt 26 DO 1 50 50 17 G01 Z 50 F 9 G01 Z 26 F 9 SAN ZHIR BEFORE N00010 G28 N00020 G50 X0 20 N00030 G65 PI Z 5 R 5 Q1 DO 3 F20 0 N00040 M30 N00060 01 N00070 IF 26 18 gt 0 GOTO 100 N00080 IF 1 7 lt 0 GOTO 100 N00090 IF lt 0 GOTO 100 N00100 IF 9 lt 0 GOTO 100 N00110 50 18 N00120 GOO X0 N00130 GOO Z 50 N00140 WHILE 50 17 gt 26 DO 1 N00150 50 50 17 N00160 G01 Z 50 F 9 N00170 50 50 7 N00180 GOO Z 50 N00190 50 50 7 END 1 N00210 G01 Z 26 F 9 NANDIN MAN THIR xi AFTER Figure 13 6 Example 2 of a Part Program Before and After the Sequence Number Function 13 6 Using the Find Tool The Find Tool is very handy for finding specific blocks of code in large part program files The following steps will guide you in using the Find Tool CHG SEL 1 Use the a The Find Tool shown as GE button on the bottom toolbar to toggle you among three options b The G Code Reference Tool
111. Window Screen 2 of 2 14 7 3 Manually Setting Tool Offsets 14 7 3 1 Moving Between the Text Boxes Moving between the text boxes is actually very simple The selected text box is shown with a different color NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the text box you want to select 14 19 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 7 3 2 Changing Values in the Text Boxes Once you have selected the text box whose value is to be changed use your keypad or keyboard to type in the new value 14 7 3 3 Saving Your Changes In order to save your changes you must press the __arr y__ button on the bottom toolbar This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system Be careful if you leave Offset Mode without pressing the _ aprry button all of your changes will be lost and you may or may not realize that your changes have not been saved 14 7 4 Inputting Part Dimensions and Gauge Template Thickness In order for ServoWorks S 100T to have the correct data to automatically calculate tool geometry offsets you must input the part dimensions and gauge template thickness as follows BACK 1 In Offset Mode go to screen 1 shown in Figure 14 13 Press the screen button to get to the first 2 Press the __ switch button to make the Part Dimension and Gauge Template Thickness frames appear The __switcu bu
112. Works S 100T provides a flight recorder function to use in debugging and determining why an Emergency Stop has occurred When an Emergency Stop is triggered ServoWorks S 100T will save the last 20 seconds of data prior to the Emergency Stop to the hard drive at C Program Files SoftServo ServoWorks S 100T data default as shown default E x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w Q ax amp wi r2 Search jy Folders Address ie C Program Files SoftServo S 100T data Default JCE Folders x Name Size Type E Desktop A F default_aDc dat 71KB DAT File amp My Documents B default_cmd dat 71KB DAT File E W My Computer E default_DAC dat 71KB DAT File E Ss Local Disk C m default_Err dat 71KB DAT File amp Ga Program Files B default_Hndl dat 106KB DAT File a amp softserve E default_ISR dat 53KB DAT File a B s 1007 E default _Pos dat 71KB DAT File I 3 data fom Drivers Sy Mdi 3 nedata em Param 3 reslang lt 7 objects Disk free space 17 3 GB P My Computer Figure 16 3 Flight Recorder Files in Default Data Folder The data is saved in seven files for the last 20 seconds of information related to e Analog to Digital Conversion ADC e Position command data e Digital to Analog Conversion DAC e Position error e Handwheel data e The Interrupt Service Routine ISR e Position feedback actual position For an ISR of 1 millisecond like the V
113. X installing LadderWorks PLC and installing the ServoWorks S 100T base components and application Before starting this installation procedure you should review Section 2 2 Known Compatibility Issues with RTX to check for and resolve any known compatibility issues with Ardence RTX IF YOU TAKE A FEW MOMENTS TO CHECK YOUR SYSTEM SETTINGS BEFORE INSTALLING RTX YOU CAN AVOID POTENTIALLY BIG PROBLEMS The following steps will guide you through installing your ServoWorks S 100T software 1 Close all running applications 2 Place the ServoWorks S 100T CD ROM in the CD ROM drive The installation software will start automatically and the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window will appear as shown in the following figure NOTE If the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window doesn t appear automatically click on SI1OOT_Install exe and a window similar to the following will appear Welcome to 5 100T VBI v3 87 Welcome to Servo orks Installation 100T Welcome to 5 1007 Installation Thiz program allows you to install Andence ATX Runtime and ServoWorks 5 1007 lathe application on your computer Soft Servo Please check the ReadMe document before installation which SYSTEMS INC provides vou with brief and necessary instructions fou should install Andence ATX first then install Servo orks S 100T application Pedii License number for Ardence ATS and brief instructions for installation Ardence ATS
114. YOU MUST REBOOT YOUR PC TWICE IN ORDER FOR THE PROPER HAL SETTINGS TO TAKE EFFECT FOR WINDOWS XP 2 17 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 3 Installing Operating System Patches The Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system requires Service Pack 1 for Ardence s real time extension to function properly NOTE No service pack is required for Windows XP You can check to see which service packs if any are installed on your PC with the following procedure 1 Click on the Start menu in the lower left corner of your PC s desktop 2 Click on Run and a dialog box will appear as shown in the following figure Run Ei Ed Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows wall open it for you i Burin Seperate Memon Space Cancel Browse Figure 2 27 The Run Dialog Box 3 Type winver exe in the text box and click OK A window will appear as shown in the following figure that will tell you the latest service pack installed on your PC About Windows E X Microsoft R Windows version 5 0 Build 2195 Service Pack 2 Copyright 0 1981 1999 Microsoft Corp This product is licensed to soft servo Physical memory available to Windows 114 225 KB Figure 2 28 The About Windows Window If the latest patches from these service packs haven t been installed you must install them now
115. a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the desired file to open 4 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ reust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 5 Use the UP and Down buttons on the bottom toolbar to scroll to the desired file YB 6 Press the sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file 7 Press the _openrue _ button on the bottom toolbar to open the file NOTE Press the esc key to cancel at any time 13 5 Editing Part Programs 13 5 1 Using the Editor and Keypad You can add delete or change blocks of code in Editor Mode To use the Editor press the EDIT button on the bottom toolbar This puts your cursor in the text window that displays the CNC code You can then use a mouse and keyboard If you don t have a mouse or keyboard you can use the arrow keys on your keypad to move up and down and the alphanumeric keys to add or change the blocks of code that make up the part program You can also use the Heme END 13 5 2 Edit Functions and ca buttons on the keypad 9 There are three edit functions in Editor Mode Copy Paste and Sequence Number The copy and paste functions are the same as what you would expect in any editing or word processing program However you must have a mouse in your ServoWorks S 100T system in order to sel
116. a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard three times if you are using a keyboard The first press of the Esc key takes you to the operational mode from which you entered the sub mode the second press of the Esc key takes you to Main Mode and the third press causes ServoWorks S 100T to exit MAIN MODE MAIN MODE Figure 15 5 Exiting from a Sub Mode Option 2 4 When you give the command to exit a dialog box will appear as shown in Figure 15 2 Press the OK button x to exit or press the cancer button if you decide that you don t want to exit NOTE If you have selected Quit S 100T and shut down PC from the General screen of Configuration Mode exiting ServoWorks S 100T will also invoke the shut down process for your PC 15 4 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 16 Troubleshooting Soft Servo Chapter 16 Troubleshooting While using ServoWorks S 100T it is possible that you may come across some problems Several common scenarios are listed here with tips on how to solve the difficulty 16 1 Resetting ServoWorks S 100T If E STOP Is Activated Cycle Time to 00 00 00 ae Program Pos Actual Pos wa rl mm mm OFFSET eae 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 C 000 000 000 000 X Z 3 Home Servo Switch Override MF RP SS J Overtravel x On On On Z
117. aaa tones set ndeecatcns na ETE EENE R EAE 6 2 Figure 6 2 Lock Status Indications for the Machine Lock Switch ssseeeeeeeeeeeesssssesesesssrsessseessresseseseeeseeeseeeeeeeeene 6 3 Figure 6 3 Lock Status Indications for the Interlock Switch oo cccccccccceeccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 6 4 Petre L The Spindle Mode Window sesisrierorieenirii iki n nii sacdaaenwetedeqtuseetey sue toce ENA EA 7 1 Figure amp 1 The Jog Continuous Mode Window ssssswsrriareenit inniinn i Enn e TE EEA ai 8 2 Figure 8 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Jog Continuous Mode ou ccccccccccececccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 4 Figure 9 1 The Jog Incremental Mode Window ccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 9 2 Figure 9 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Jog Incremental Mode cc eeecssnnncecececceececeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeees 9 4 Figure 10 1 The Rapid Mode Window ccccccccsssssssssesecceececcceccccececeeceeceeececcececceeeecaeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 10 2 Figure 10 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Rapid Mode ccccssseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeseeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaags 10 3 Figure 11 1 The MDI Mode Window cccccccccccsccssssseseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaasasseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaeaaaaaseesssseeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaas 11 2 Figure 11 2 The G Code Reference Tool Pull Down Menu in MDI Mode cc eceeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeeee
118. ad the part program that to be verified D 2 Press the __tocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in the following figure my INTER Z PA INTER X Figure 14 5 Bottom Toolbar in Locks Mode D 3 Ifyou want to lock the X axis press the __macux_ button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you between two states X axis locked and X axis unlocked See Figure 14 6 The lock status indications are shown in the status indicator area to the left of the screen 14 9 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Axis unlocked in Axis locked in both both forward and forward and backward backward directions directions Figure 14 6 Lock Status Indications for the Machine Lock Switch D 4 Ifyou want to lock the Z axis press the __macuz button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you between two states Z axis locked and Z axis unlocked See Figure 14 6 to see the lock status indications for an axis locked in both directions and an axis unlocked in both directions 5 Press the esc key to return to Auto Mode 6 Run the part program with the Machine Lock s activated aN When you are ready to run production and want to deactivate the Machine Lock s press the __tockts button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will
119. am parameters however are described in this chapter In ServoWorks S 100T there are parameters for the following items e General General parameters include program parameters operator s panel parameters machine unit parameters thread cutting retraction settings shut down preferences password settings and tool measurer settings e Servo Control Servo control parameters include encoder parameters motor parameters and servo control parameters e Safe Zones Safe zone parameters include the upper and lower bounds for a safe zone hardware limit switches chuck barriers and tailstock barriers e Smoothing Smoothing parameters include selecting the smoothing mode and the time constants for cutting rapid traverse jogging and homing performing a homing operation as well as tuning the smoothing parameters for your machine e Machine Error Machine error compensation parameters include enabling or disabling and setting values related to backlash compensation and leadscrew pitch error compensation for each axis You can also choose whether or not to display compensation data e Feedrate Feedrate parameters include feedrate speeds for jog modes rapid traverse for Rapid Mode and Auto Mode and for cutting and for dry runs in Auto Mode You can also set which type of rapid traverse you want for GOO codes executed in Auto Mode linear or non linear e Home Home parameters include the home mode home direction enabling or disabli
120. an click on the G code reference tool pull down menu view multiple G code definitions at the same time and use the right scroll bar to more quickly scroll through the list of G code definitions 13 4 Selecting a File To Edit The most recent file you had open in Editor Mode will be loaded and ready to edit If this is the file you want to edit you re all set If you want to create a new file for a new part program press the NEW button on the bottom toolbar and you are ready to start editing that new file If however you want to edit a different existing file the following steps will guide you through opening that file 1 Press the __orn__ button on the bottom toolbar This will bring up the following window 13 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATER Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs Cycle Time 00 00 00 gt WP C C Spindle rpm Tf 00 oe te sacl OFFSET Feedrate a mm min Fe By F code 5 0 0 SCREEN Locks The canned cycle for thread cutting Lass U Absolute incremental value in axis E J ZAW Absolute incremental value in Z axis Ene pa r Taper height component w sign rad LOCKS D R ea la a Servo Stop PLOT X Z 5 Home 7 EDITOR xX Z a HANDWHEEL OPEN NC FILE Data Source File Override 7
121. and the X axis plotted in the horizontal direction as shown in the following figure aom Factor 0 395 104 98 146 46 TERAS 0 00 DRAS 146 46 xmm Figure 5 11 Plot with ZX Orientation 3 ZC 4 CX 5 3 4 Changing the Scale of a Plot Zooming In and Out Q Changing the scale of a plot is very easy to do by pressing the __zoom zoom out and _ zoom zoom in buttons on the bottom toolbar Zooming out decreases the zoom factor and makes the plot smaller in the display area Zooming in increases the zoom factor and makes the plot larger in the display area Zooming in may cause only part of the plot to fit in the plot area in which case you will have to move the plot around to see the parts of the plot you are interested in See Section 5 3 5 Moving the Plot Within the Plot Area Q To make the plot as large as possible while still fitting all of the plot data in the plot area press the Fit button on the bottom toolbar ServoWorks S 100T will automatically readjust the coordinate scale so that the entire tool path can be shown You will find this to be a very handy button especially when the tool path exceeds the maximum plot coordinates and you can no longer see the entire tool path Using this button gives you a good starting place to begin zooming in to areas of interest to you 5 3 5 Moving the Plot Within the Plot Area You can easily move a plot within the plot area Usually you will want to move
122. ard This wizard helps you install software for ACPI Uniprocessor PC fe IF pour hardware came with an installation CD EA or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install the software automatically Recommended Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue Figure 2 20 Hardware Update Wizard Welcome Window 12 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and click the Next button A new Hardware Update Wizard window will appear shown in the following figure 2 14 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATSE Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Hardware Update Wizard Please choose your search and installation options a Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below bo limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best diver found will be installed Don t search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for Your hardware Figure 2 21 Hardware Update Wizard Choose Search and Installation Options Window 13 Select Don t search I will choose the driver to install and click the Next button A new Hardware Update Wizard window will appear as shown in the following window
123. are in the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3 2 To get to the ar Main window press the MAIN button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window Press the _ snow button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main program window The green LED on the HW 100 HandWheel will light up and you will then see the window shown in Figure 12 2 fae ey HNDWHL NOTE If the button is disabled appears as __ snow then you need to go to Configuration Mode and enable the handwheel Get into Configuration Mode by pressing the __ cone button in the lower right corner of the ServoWorks S 100T Main program window Then press the _ swowm button in the HandWheel screen and select Enabled in the Operation Status frame 12 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL BST IAT Chapter 12 Using HandWheel Mode Cycle Time a 00 00 00 E d AT Program Pos Dist To Go one OFFSET w X 000 0000 000 0000 Z 000 0000 000 0000 C 000 000 000 000 10 inch inch i u X Z EJ Home EDITOR X a Z HAN DWHEEL OPERATION Axis Multiplier a Override J eee E E 1 10 100 peo roo too AEE cm EA By AS SSeS SSeS SSeS Se ae eae Some z ees 7 HandWheel Pulse x i X 0 0000 inch l l l Fda Z 0 0000 inch SS ey ee eae ae ee The two text boxes in this frame display the sum These frame
124. arity Normal Normal Max Spd rpm 3000 000 3000 000 Figure 4 11 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 2 To get back to the first display area press the button 4 13 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters sarezone button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Safe Zone Parameters Display Area shown Press the in the following figure ZONES Soft Safe one 1 Hardware Limit Switch Wire in Normal M one One Enabled Area C Low x Plus Plus C On C On Off Off U Bound inch 200 0000 100 0000 L Bound inch 200 0000 100 0000 Center of Chuck Face x Fd PO inch 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 4 12 The Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 1 x Minus Minus f On C On i Off Off You can specify parameters for a software safe zone stroke limits and plus and minus hardware limit switches for each axes You can also use this screen to enable or disable hardware limit switches for each axis Stroke limits for a soft safe zone upper and lower bounds for the X and Z axes 4 Wl Safe zone that axes are allowed to move within Area In Area Out Figure 4 13 Top View of a Lathe Showing Safe Zones Area In and Area Out 4 14 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters SYSTEMS INC There is a second Sa
125. ata Display ATG ieii a T eaii ER E Ei 4 50 Figure 5 1 The Status Indicator Area of the ServoWorks S 100T WindoW eeeeeesseeesesssssssssessssessssesesesessssesesseseee 5 1 Pietire 35 2 Locks Status Indicators ivccicinanccsnticneteieducceheicemsacaacdpaneiengedanebacanasencebantancaeasdencebdedaucaeandencdeantancdeadencebdedbacage 5 2 PUGS 929 ies PrE eee E ESEE EE E N EE 5 5 Pipu S10 hes Frami ooreen e EEEN EENEN EEEN E E 5 5 Figure 5 5 I O Information Available for the VersioBus Adapter Board cccccccccccccccccccccecececceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Figure 5 6 I O Information Available for the VersioBus Servo Interface Module cece eeeeeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Figure 5 7 I O Information Available for the VersioBus I O Module cccccccccccccceccececeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeess 5 7 Figure 5 8 Bottom Toolbar in Screen Mode ccccccccccccccccccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Figure 5 9 Bottom Toolbar in Plot Mode siencscccscnsscaccontussivausabisdeniascinewacietsowSanataaensseaantnietacbabiesdoniaverutiadeeninieiscianines 5 11 Figure 5 10 Plot with XZ Orientation 2 cs5sieccaniacesncuansescowapscusouansacdasescewasiatcowsunutuaenbik daxtwieeaababieddeuwiesuabiidcaninteicemasines 5 11 Figure 5 11 Plot with ZX Ome mts Od sisussessentaveccanaases dewsunciaouawsaarcsecewassatnowausutaaenvsaddantwneesaiabiesdeuuiecuaseidcenimccssekaoines 5 12 Ficure 6202 Bottom Loolbar in Locks Mode
126. ate Wizard Select Device Driver WindoW eesesesesesssessssssssssssessssesrrereerrrerrerereees 2 15 Figure 2 23 Hardware Update Wizard Installing WindOW ccccccccssssssesseseeeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeaaaaassssseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeaaaas 2 16 Figure 2 24 Hardware Update Wizard Completing Window ccccsssssscccccccccecceeeeeeececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Figure 2 25 System Settings Change Dialog Box 1 Of 2 wo cccsssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaaas 2 17 Figure 2 26 System Settings Change Dialog Box 2 Of 2 ssessssssssssssssssseerressssssssssssssecerereressssssssssssseeerrrrereeessssss 2 17 Figure 2 2 The Rin Dialog TO ae siceee cecnesetseswrseretenecen aa EEA E EEA EE AEEA 2 18 Figure 2 28 The About Windows Window cccccccccccsccccccceececececceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 18 Figure 2 29 Welcome to ServoWorks Installation Window ccccccccsscscccececccececeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeesess 2 20 Figure 2 30 Unpacking RTX 6 1 Runtime Dialog BOX ccsssssessseseeseeeeceeeeeeeeeaaeaeaeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaas 2 21 Figure 2 31 Setup Dialog BOX wirieisosensutsasndaieesanaumetaneddaconenenihdounasnaevadetcuedlewanaregudaturdncacnytdundiwa eni naaa a 2 21 Figure 2 32 Ardence Welcome Window ccccccccccssssssssssssssseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaasseessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaasaeeessseseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 2 21 Figure
127. ation 2 19 physical address extension 2 1 PICT button 5 9 pitch error compensation 4 19 Pitch Error Compensation frame 4 19 pitch error values 4 19 PLC Engine 2 1 3 1 See LadderWorks PLC Engine plot background 4 46 display 4 47 foreground 4 46 interface 4 46 orientation 5 11 part outline 4 46 scale 5 12 plot and data display comparison for machine lock and interlock 14 13 Plot Background 4 46 PLOT button 5 8 5 10 5 13 plot display 4 46 Plot Foreground 4 46 Plot Mode 5 10 bottom toolbar 5 11 plot orientation 4 40 plot parameters 4 2 4 4 4 40 Plot Parameters Display Area 4 40 PLOT HOLD button 5 11 5 13 plotting 5 10 changing the orientation 5 11 VIH SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index clearing a plot 5 13 holding the plot 5 13 moving the plot 5 12 starting and stopping 4 40 tool trajectory 5 4 zooming in and out 5 12 plotting data 4 11 4 18 4 26 POS DATA button 5 8 5 9 POS PICT button 5 9 POS PLOT button 5 8 5 10 position command data 16 3 position error 16 3 position feedback 16 3 position information 5 3 position loop gain 16 4 position types 4 39 precompiled sequence program 2 31 preinstalled software 2 1 pressing the hard function keys 1 4 PREV button 4 5 4 19 4 31 problems with RTX 2 1 2 20 production 14 1 production run checklist 14 32 program actual position 4 40 program command position 4 40 Program FF BW frame 14 33 14 34 Program f
128. ation Procedure accscnecsicaecacconascsatcasactsonsevinwacied darei EErEE E EEEE EEEE E EE seems oneness 2 20 2 3 1 Starting The Installation lt cowussantscnsias cocavenstooetiseanavenaiadasiwadiueetonrdeavovaranndaserinsdacedemsbooedlaCeveweddeustasdanedaeuteees 2 20 2 5 2 Installing Atdence RTX ica cici2ia6 sda caasseunsdiesanitacesdsandeieebusedonesanedonea dna Naueneontaesunadacadenuddbestaiveewaddeusiacacamionsdees 2 21 2 5 3 Installing LadderWorks PLC and the ServoWorks S 100T Software ccssssssessseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 2 30 2 6 Finishing Your Software Installation cccccccccccccccccseeesssssesseeececeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeesesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaueaseeenses 2 35 Chapter 3 Starling Servo Works S LOOT sivuisia aiaa aaa abaa aiaa 3 1 SALSE SCE VO VY orks S 00 Teee EE E EEE EE E E EE E EEEE a 3 1 3 2 Navigating Control Modes in ServoWorks S LOOT 2 0 0 ccccssssssseeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 3 3 3 3 Turine On and Off the Servo DOVES sccseccnsascssesnsscronnnsnescuabseincmntsundswadiadsoumnnees EENE EEA TEE S EEEE 3 7 3 4 Performing a Homing OperatiOh ssscsesrciiecrseii irn ni vonumovadcunnsednewnbontcwaitdxdeounnnees deavilxcsnbonaseuenseisontsnectcunbtbcesuaages 3 8 Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters sssssssssssossnnnsunsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnn 4 1 PE O e E EE A E A A E A E E A astgsoseaeeesseetoeeasiea 4 1 ADIN AVA At in
129. atus of I O signals etc you can select what it is that you want to be displayed a l Cycle Time gt if n 00 00 00 I ce i i Program Pos Actual Pos wo Spindle t l rpm i 6 an oo inch inch ie Il rai O L ee 1 OFFSET 7 Feedrate t inch min i i et al a f SCREEN i Locks l 7 1 X Zi Ta l 1 Ii LOCKS oe ie i i l Servo a a 1 H l PLOT Sto Ml S i X Z no ON i Home a O EDITOR x Z i MAIN PLEASE SELECT MODE i l j Axis Initialization Status 1 OyYerride i Hi aa Parantows chocang Passed Coo age I i System is ready for operation po nuy i Overtravel 4 Direction E RESET io j 1 C PWD C BWD 1 i i ee J MAIN E f EE Di p Ete B f Y my JOG INCR RAPID MDI HOME HNDWHL AUTO SPINDLE CONFIG Operation Mode Display Area This area displays the mode status current control mode and the parameters and settings for the current mode Bottom Toolbar These are the eight basic motion modes available to you in ServoWorks S 100T NOTE MDI Mode and Auto Mode as well as Coordinates Counter Mode and Offset Mode are disabled not available to you until after you home all axes See Section 2 3 Performing a Homing Figure 3 2 The Main Window of ServoWorks S 100T 3 2 Se On ee Sei es em ces A ec Si ech ib Sc Seimei Sie Si i Samide a
130. bility for errors or omissions All rights reserved Any violations of contractual agreements pertaining to the materials herein will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law ii Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents Table of Contents aa sine vansauvunecciuciavnasvvuisuunssuavoaguevasuensiainsascvaissssusesoupreias ansvaeanesvimiip E E E i MMO aNIE NOM CG e E E E E E E E E E A E E il TANS OFC OMG IN E A E E A A E A E A A A EA iii LSU OF TAVIE S saiisidscisuesicicscvsisacisvansevsnsiitinsvdivanietiieniiinideeidinienieitnviadaaniner atm masa nieMTeTTNENTET NERA NET vii LIStOf FIQUICS i siniirieriesiaisnnisiniiiirseneiTi saena NTI NOTE METEOR vill LISCOP FIQUICS cssitiscsvecvaredcissnsvsssusrecavisngessoievsnisrseareve niiiaviiiar ssvertiwvisniseueveriivndiinbidisinMsdinsTenNTErtedieieMriasrEsatMINiAreeNeinieNTaN vill Chapter 1 Welcome to SEIrVOWOIKS 95 1000 siisiisinitieniiiiniditinaniiiNKOiAMANiNEINNNTRNNTNE 1 1 1 1 Overview of ServoWorks ServoWorks S 1LOOT ccc cccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeey 1 1 1 2 What You Can Do With ServoWorks S 1OOT 0 00 00 cece ceeeeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 1 3 ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition ec ccccccccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 1 4 Using ServoWorks S 100T with the SSP 140 User Interface cssssss
131. button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main window You will then see the window shown in Figure 11 1 rol NOTE If the MDI button is disabled appears as M0 it s probably because you have not set the home position for your axes You must set the home position see Section 3 4 Performing a AS Homing Operation Press the __ ome_ button on the bottom toolbar then press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all axes to their home positions at the same time Press the MAIN button to return to Main Mode The MDI button should now be enabled for you to select it Il 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 11 Manual Data Input Using MDI Mode res Ume Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go 00 00 00 mm mm mm mm a Spindle X 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 a Fda 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 iil C 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 OFFSET Feedrate mm min Stop X ao Z Home Xo Zo OPERATION CEE or CL ee nasa Be eS ee yverride MF RP SS GOO GS G98 100 f 51 100 G21 G40 G25 G23 G80 Gb3 G64 Overtrayel M 05 T 0000 B 00 S 0 rpm F 0 000 ail TYPE IN CLRAWR CHG SEL Nem mee me we we we we we we we wee wee we wee we we we wee we wee wee we wee we we we we we we wees wee we we we we wee ws we we we we we a a M These are function buttons that allow you to set the These
132. cenre crc a cone beast E bee ea dene anaes neta OEEO E OE OEN 2 28 aubca Vin ewpae e ADIT 616 A EE urement meter terran E eee een E 2 28 Figure 2 45 Ardence Select Program Folder Window cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceccccccccccececscceseeeeees 2 29 Figure 2 46 Ardence RTX Start Copying Files Window cccccccccccssssssssssseeeeeecccceeeeeeeaaaaaassscseseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenaaas 2 29 Figure 2 47 Installation Progress Window ccssssssssssseccceececcceccccceccceceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 30 Foute 245 S6up Complete VIN aac ci apse in SEE nnedees ds yneen abe iedoaneanies 2 30 Figure 2 49 LadderWorks PLC Installation Window cccccccccsssseccceceececeeececeeeccececceceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 Figure 2 50 PLC Installation Summary Window cccccccccssccccccccccececeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 31 viii Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents Figure 2 51 Windows Installer Dialog BOX eseeeeeeeseesesesssseseeeeeseeseeeeeererereererererererererererereeerererererereeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeees 2 32 Figure 2 52 Welcome to the Setup Wizard Window ccccccccccsccccccceceeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeceeecececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 32 Figure 2 53 Select Installation Folder Window cccccccscscsccseccececeeeceeeccececcceeeeeeeeceeceececeeeceeeeeeeee
133. ction key which entered using only the function keys or the function keys corresponds to the OFFSET button and the rs Cycle Time 00 200 00 mane Program Pos Dist To Go ma inch inch o X 000 0000 000 0000 Jie ee Z 000 0000 000 0000 _ C 000 000 000 000 Ae 2 a ES ES ES ES EN ES ES i oe ow a a a Hard function key To select the MDI button press the F4 _ F10 and F11 function keys both function key which corresponds to the select the button in the bottom right Toolbar button soft MDI button corner of the screen function key Figure 1 1 ServoWorks S 100T SSP 140 User Interface 1 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEES T Chapter 1 Welcome to Servo Works S 100T There is also an alphanumeric keypad on the SSP 140 The keypad includes arrow keys function keys most symbols from a traditional keyboard as well as keys for the entire alphabet and for numbers O through 9 Although you could solely interact with the SSP 140 through the function keys you may want to use the keypad for entering some information directly onto the screen such as percentages feedrates etc as this will save time If you have included a keyboard as part of your ServoWorks S 100T you can use the keyboard for entering commands and editing part programs If you have the optional mouse as part of your ServoWorks S 100T you may save time by using the mouse for slide bar
134. cuts for Selecting Toolbar Buttons 1 6 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software 2 1 Overview If you have purchased the SSP 140 or SPC 120 panel PC from Soft Servo Systems Inc all software will be preinstalled for you and you can skip this chapter in its entirety Before you begin installing the ServoWorks S 100T software you must make sure that you meet the necessary PC hardware and operating system requirements See the subsection about PC requirements in the Do You Have the Necessary Requirements for the VersioBus Interface System section in the ServoWorks CNC Setup and Integration Manual for your servo interface system if you haven t already checked for these requirements The ServoWorks S 100T CD ROM includes a registration procedure for registering your RTX product with Ardence The following software will be installed 1 Ardence RTX RunTime 2 ServoWorks S 100T Engine 3 ServoWorks S 100T G Code Parser 4 LadderWorks PLC Engine 5 ServoWorks RealTime DLL 6 ServoWorks S 100T HMI 7 LadderWorks PLC refer to the LadderWorks manuals for setting up your PLC environment 2 2 Known Compatibility Issues with RTX 2 2 1 Overview There are two known compatibility issues with Ardence RTX each of which can be easily resolved by changing the settings on your computer You should read this section to s
135. d Spindle Gear frame 4 25 4 4th Spindle Gear frame 4 25 A absolute position 5 4 accessing the color parameters 4 41 accessing the external zero offset 14 28 accessing the part counter frames 14 31 accessing the tool offsets 14 17 accessing the work point coordinates 14 28 ACPI 2 6 2 13 ACPI Multiprocessor PC 2 6 2 13 ACPI Uniprocessor PC 2 6 2 13 actual position 5 4 actual tool position 14 14 adapter board 1 2 ADC 16 3 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index index Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPD 2 6 2 13 Alarm Code 52 14 34 ALL button 3 10 11 1 14 1 14 17 14 22 14 28 14 31 all axes simultaneous interpolation 1 1 alphanumeric keypad 1 4 APPLY button 4 7 4 51 4 52 14 20 14 24 14 26 14 30 14 32 Ardence RTX 2 1 3 1 compatibility issues 2 1 2 20 installation 2 21 on line registration 2 27 registration 2 19 technical support 2 19 area in 4 14 area out 4 14 AUTO button 14 1 Auto Mode 3 3 13 1 14 1 Auto Mode Window for opening a file 14 3 showing all three bottom toolbars 14 2 with Part Program file executing 14 5 AUTO MSR button 14 26 auto plot parameters 4 2 4 4 4 40 AUTO PLT button 4 4 4 40 automatic control 1 2 automatic plotting 4 40 Automatic Start option 5 10 automatically setting tool offsets using tool measuring sensors 14 26 using touch offs 14 21 average cutting time per part 5 4 AXIS button 4 5 12 4 14 24 14 25
136. d on the screen and e mailed to you at the e mail address you have provided Write this number down and take it back to the computer on which you are installing your ServoWorks CNC product After you obtain your RTX license key click the Next button in the Manual Registration window to continue and you will see the RTX License Key window appear as follows RTX License Key EO i x Please enter the license key that was given to you either from our web registration page or the e mail sent to you after you registered on the web kep FT61 2 750 Back Cancel Figure 2 41 RTX License Key Window 13 If you have obtained your license key automatically using Internet access on the computer on which you are installing ServoWorks S 100T the license key number will appear automatically If you had to go toa different computer or phone Ardence to obtain the license key yov Il need to type in your RTX license key number Click the Next button to continue and you will see the Choose Destination Location window appear as shown in the following figure 2 27 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Sasi Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software Soft Servo Choose Destination Location Setup will install Ardence AT 6 1 in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install A
137. d only from Main Mode These include seven manual NC modes Jog Continuous Mode Jog Incremental Mode Rapid Mode MDI Mode Home Mode Handwheel Mode and Spindle Mode Auto Mode for automatic NC control and Configuration Mode for changing system parameters and configuration settings Pressing the esc key on the SSP 140 while in an operational mode will cause you to return to the Main Mode 3 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL BST IAT Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T 3 Sub Modes control modes that can be entered from either Main Mode or from any operational mode except Configuration Mode If you enter a sub mode from an operational mode you can work in that sub mode while you are also in the operational mode For instance while executing a program in Auto Mode you can go to Plot Mode to adjust the plot display without stopping motion Pressing the esc key on the SSP 140 while in a sub mode will cause you to return to the mode you were in either an operational mode or Main Mode before you entered the sub mode For example let s say you are in Auto Mode an operational mode While in Auto Mode while running a part program you decide to change the display so you can change what type of position is displayed While the motion is still ongoing by execution of the part program you can enter Screen Mode a sub mode change the display and then press the esc key to go back to Auto Mode Flow charts
138. dware Update Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for ra Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI 53 PC The hardware you installed will not work until pou restart Your computer Click Finish to close the wizard Back Cancel Figure 2 24 Hardware Update Wizard Completing Window 17 Click the Finish button and the following message will appear 2 16 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software System Settings Change Your hardware settings have changed You must restart your computer for these changes to take effect Do you Wank bo restart your computer now Figure 2 25 System Settings Change Dialog Box 1 of 2 18 You must click the Yes button and your computer will restart When your computer has restarted the following message will appear System Settings Change Windows has Finished installing new devices The software that supports your device requires that you restart your v computer ou must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do you want bo restart your computer now Figure 2 26 System Settings Change Dialog Box 2 of 2 19 You must click the Yes button to reboot your system for a second time When your PC has restarted you will be ready to continue to the next section and to install Ardence RTX and the rest of the software
139. e You can view the status of input and output signals for the DC 120 or DC 150 servo interface module as shown in the following figure I O signals for the servo interface module can only be modified in Configuration Mode See Section 4 13 Setting I O Parameters Digital O DC 120 In Out In Out B tis Biti ap Bili lS a Bitib TL S Bt a S Btl gt gt a Bit 04 gt Bit 11 Biti aS a at 1 Biti aS a Bni hap a al Ha aint a gt a Bil bmm Figure 5 6 I O Information Available for the VersioBus Servo Interface Module This frame displays digital input and output signals for 16 switches of general I O connectors Green Ga indicates a signal of 1 and red indicates a signal of 0 5 2 1 9 Digital I O for the IM 200 You can view the status of input and output signals for an IM 200 in your ServoWorks S 100T system as shown in Figure 5 7 I O signals for the IM 200 can only be modified in Configuration Mode See Section 4 13 Setting I O Parameters Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Digital 10 IM 200 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations In Out In Out In Out In Out Bit 31 _ Bt t23 a Bt1i5 amp tL amp Bi3 Bit 2 i414 amp ha TL ay ee rr Bit 21 _ a Bii B i 28 Bi 2 Bili gt Biti a gt a amp Bii
140. e commanded with a handwheel for those in a cutting mode and for those in a rapid mode If you are satisfied with the default or current color settings you should skip this section 4 18 2 Accessing the Color Parameters Press the __ coor button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Color Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure Color Selection R G B Item Selection Element Interface Displa petting Interface Background Interface Foreground Interface On Status Original New P Special Program Path Hand heel Path Red Rapid G00 Green Cutting G01 Yellow Figure 4 42 The Color Parameters Display Area 4 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL are Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 3 What Elements of the Screen Can You Change You can change virtually every part of the screen The screen is broken down into five elements e The Interface Display e The Button Display e The Plot Display e The G Code Display e The Data Display The following figure shows where you will find these five elements of the screen Button Display Data Display pan nye e ness RAS EA RSA IE oh Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist ToGo i go Interface Display 00 02 af inch inch inch inch jo all gl X 000 8154 000 8154 000 8326 000 0000 i r e T s 1000 0 Z 000 6996 000 6996 000 7122 000 0000 E Data Display v
141. e necessary for any and all personnel involved in the installation maintenance or use of these products to thoroughly read this pamphlet and related manuals and understand their contents Soft Servo Systems Inc stands ready to answer any questions or clarify any confusion related to these products in as timely a manner as possible The selection and application of Soft Servo Systems Inc s products remain the responsibility of the equipment designer or end user Soft Servo Systems Inc accepts no responsibility for the way its controls are incorporated into a machine tool or factory automation setting Any documentation and warnings provided by Soft Servo Systems Inc must be promptly provided to any end users This document is based on information that was available at the time of publication All efforts have been made to ensure that this document is accurate and complete However due to the widely varying uses of this product and the variety of software and hardware configurations possible in connection with these uses the information contained in this manual does not purport to cover every possible situation contingency or variation in hardware or software configuration that could possibly arise in connection with the installation maintenance and use of the products described herein Soft Servo Systems Inc assumes no obligations of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made Under no circumstances will So
142. e open 14 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production eee tine Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go 00 00 56 inch inch inch inch page X 000 0000 000 0000 000 2636 000 0000 edd Z 000 0000 000 0000 000 2559 000 0000 Tal Es C 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 OFFSET Feedrate inch min 108 5 Locks Z Sero zoom Factor 1 721 Run X o Z Z inch Home i ara er ae AUTO TE IMTS dat DRN S BLK OP SKP OP STP MST LK Ema Modal Feedrate ma f J yverride tae Te Ge G28 G00 G96 G99 oo a 5 100 100 100 G20 G40 G25 G23 z 230 1 G80 G53 G64 i Overtravel M T 0400 B 00 Rapid Override S 200 0 ft min i Saos S 100 4 IG 1N00780 GO G99 G97 S1000 T0606 M3 o Ra aaa ae aaa ae ie ae l I eo 7 m os ra na RS OF ran rei NC FILE DRY RUN OVAD OVAD RPO RPO REW FI MORE This area displays the The text of the open file blocks of code is shown in this essential modal condition or text box The current line the line being executed or the conditions the types of tool line next to be executed when the operation begins or motions and the modal resumes is highlighted feedrate The name of the open file is shown in this text box On off status of operation support switches Figure 14 3 Auto Mode Window With Part Program File
143. e the backup file repeat steps 2 and 3 unless you re already in the correct folder 8 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to complete the operation x NOTE If you change your mind and no longer want to move the file press the Quit button on the bottom toolbar or press the esc key 13 8 3 Deleting a Part Program File To delete a file 2 bg 1 Press the _ vere button on bottom toolbar 2 If you don t see the _ vetrue button press the MORE button on bottom toolbar 1 to get to bottom toolbar 2 see Figure 13 1 2 If you re not in the desired drive the drive where the file you re trying to delete is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Press the _ setect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 3 If you re not in the folder you want to be in the folder where the file you re trying to delete is located a Pressthe _ rower button on the bottom toolbar 13 12 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step
144. eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 33 Figure 2 54 Browse For Folder Window cccccsssscssssssseeesnsnnsnaecceccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Figure 2 55 Confirm Installation Window ccccccccccscssececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 34 Figure 2 56 Installing W 1d OW ci scceceonnestaccentssteunnssebesonesee a a ae a aa E aea aeaii 2 34 Figure 2 57 Installation Complete Window ccccccccsccccccececeececcecccecceecccceeeccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 35 Figure 3 1 ServoWorks S 1LOOT Welcome Window cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 3 1 Figure 3 2 The Main Window of ServoWorks S LOOT cc ccccccccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeess 3 2 Figure 5 32 The RE Server W INdOW incerescccncncrancventdacenenasenenteenadenesetenenteenanoncnenensnedenscenttatvectsuartandtandanentdeaanenteadeneneetaades 3 3 Figure 3 4 Flow Chart for Navigating Control Modes Option 1 Entering an Operational Mode from Main Mode A E E E E E AAI A E I A E E E ae E A T O T 3 5 Figure 3 5 Flow Chart for Navigating Control Modes Option 2 Entering a Sub Mode from Main Mode 3 6 Figure 3 6 Mode Information Displayed in ServoWorks S 1LOOT ccccccceececeeceeeceeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 7 Figure 3 7 The Home Mode Wi
145. ect text to be copied NOTE If you have a mouse you can select text and copy that text using the copy _ button on bottom toolbar 44 2 Press the __ more button on bottom toolbar 1 to get to bottom toolbar 2 see Figure 13 1 You can then use the mouse to position the cursor where you d like to past that text and press the __ paste button on bottom toolbar 2 to paste that text at the selected location 13 6 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs The Sequence Number function simply renumbers the N codes blocks of code beginning with N in your part program file Or if your file has no N codes it numbers each line beginning with N Press the e SEQ NO button on bottom toolbar 2 to renumber the N codes in your part program as shown in the following examples N015 G27 M11 G21 N020 G50 X0 0 20 0 S2500 0 NO025 G96 5200 0 NO30 G99 M03 B02 NO35 GOO X120 0 NO36 7180 0 M08 N040 G71 U5 0 R3 0 N045 G71 P050 Q065 U8 0 W4 0 F1 M04 NO50 GOO X10 0 F1 NO55 G03 X70 0 W 30 0 K 30 0 NO60 G01 W 60 0 NO65 G02 X120 0 W 25 0 125 0 NO70 G70 P050 Q065 B02 NO75 GOO X0 0 Z210 0 M05 NO G04 P2 0 M09 NO80 G04 P5 0 M10 BEFORE N00010 G27 M11 G21 N00020 G50 X0 0 20 0 52500 0 N00030 G96 5200 0 N00040 G99 M03 B02 N00050 GOO X120 0 N00060 7180 0 M08 N00070 G71 U5 0 R3 0 N00080 G71 P00090Q00120U8 0
146. ee if either issue applies to you and take the steps outlined to resolve the issue if necessary CHECKING YOUR SYSTEM SETTINGS NOW WILL HELP YOU TO AVOID POTENTIALLY BIG PROBLEMS LATER 2 2 2 Physical Address Extension Enabled There is a known compatibility issue between systems that have the Physical Address Extension PAE enabled and Ardence RTX versions 6 01 and earlier This incompatibility issue could cause some serious system failures such as 1 Fatal application exit 1 e application crash 2 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATAS Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 System lock up or freeze 3 System bug check 1 e Blue Screen of Death or Green Screen of Death Check whether or not the PAE is enabled with the following steps 1 Right click on the My Computer icon on your desktop and select Properties from the drop down menu that appears 2 In the General tab check to see if the words Physical Address Extension appear anywhere in that tab If you don t see Physical Address Extension in the General tab the PAE is disabled and your settings are fine Skip the rest of this section and go to Section 2 2 3 Incompatible HAL Type If you DO see Physical Address Extension in the General tab then the PAE is enabled and you will need to disable it Disable the PAE with the following steps 1 Open the boot i
147. eedrate mm min 0 0 SCREEN Locks x Z my LOCKS Seryo i a PLOT X oo Z g Home EDITOR X Z JOG INCR__ OPERATION a Axis Inc Jog Pulse Dis To Go Pulse Override 1000 a gt see eet Lex 1000 meee J Eo eal C 10 C 10000 Jt ETE Direction Feedrate mm min RESET C 100 C Custom l Xa S P X 5029 Z 5029 Th Z N MAIN These are function buttons that allow you to set the parameters for the J og Incremental Mode motion These frames display the J og Incremental Mode settings and also allow you to set the parameters for the J og Incremental Mode motion if you have a mouse otherwise you must use the function keys Figure 9 1 The Jog Incremental Mode Window 3 Select the Inc Jog otherwise known as the distance to go for axis movement by pressing the pisset__ button on the bottom toolbar This toggles you among six preset incremental pulses 1 10 100 1000 10000 and Custom which lets you set values other than the six preset values as shown in the Inc Jog Pulse selection frame This is the distance that you want the axis to travel relative to its current position You can only specify a distance to go in pulses also known as machine units you can t specify a distance to go in either millimeters or inches directly NOTE the feedrate is disp
148. eeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 18 Figure 4 22 The Machine Error Compensation Parameters Display Area 1 cccccccccsssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 4 19 Figure 4 23 The Machine Error Compensation Parameters Display Area 16 0 cccccccccsssssseseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 4 20 Figure 4 24 The Feedrate Parameters Display Area ccccccccccccccccceceesseseseeseeeecceeceeeeeeeeeesaaaaesessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaags 4 21 Figure 4 25 The Home Parameters Display Area ccccccccccccceccccceceaeeesssseeeeecceecceeeeseasauaesssseeseseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaags 4 22 Figure 4 26 The HandWheel Parameters Display Area cccccccccccssssssssesseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaasessaesscseeeeeeeeeseeeeeenaaas 4 23 Figure 4 27 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 1 ccccccccccccccssssssssesseseeeecceeceeeeeeeeseaaaaaaeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 24 Figure 4 28 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 2 ccccccccccscsccsceccccccccececceeeeeeeceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeess 4 25 Figure 4 29 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 3 ccccccccccccccscccccceccceeeeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeess 4 26 Figure 4 30 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 6 With a Plt cessscccseecceceeecceeeceeeecececeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 27 Figure 4 31 The FP 60 I O Settings Display Area ccccccccccccccccceceeeseseseeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaauaessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 28 Figure 4 32 The DC 120 I O
149. eeeeeeeeeees 11 3 Figure 11 3 The M Code Reference Tool M Code Definition Frame in MDI Mode cc ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 3 Figure 11 4 The Command Log Option in MDI Mode uu cccssssssssseeeeeceeeeeceeeeaeaaaesssssceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaas 11 4 Figure 12 1 The HW 100 Hand Wheel Control ccccccccssecccecceeceeeeeaaaeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaags 12 1 Figure 12 2 The HandWheel Mode Window cccccccssccccceceeceeccecceecceccecceecceceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 12 3 Pieure 13 1 Editor Mode W GOW soscccnceteneasenacccensneanteccneaanemacieaanesstoaahensileathoenneateeaenioaheacneamatinananonmmantemanieanteanmmannwaanieas 13 2 Figure 13 2 The G Code Reference Tool Pull Down Menu in Editor Mode cc cceenceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 3 Figure 13 3 The M Code Reference Tool M Code Definition Frame in Editor Mode ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 4 Figure 13 4 Editor Mode Window for Opening a File ccccccccccccssssssssesseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 13 5 Figure 13 5 Example 1 of a Part Program Before and After the Sequence Number Function ceeeeeeeeees 13 7 Figure 13 6 Example 2 of a Part Program Before and After the Sequence Number Function ceeeeeeeeees 13 7 Figure 13 7 The Find Tool in Editor Mode is cccrscccscessenscnassansccvencscaaoseerean mcescea canes ena Seseneneoeserededeccncdennanacneenanheatarenaaes 13 8 Figure
150. er Profiles Advanced Hardware Wizard The Hardware wizard helps you install uninstall repair unplug eject and configure your hardware Hardware Wizard Device Manager The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device Driver Signing Device Manager Hardware Protiles Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store different hardware configurations Hardware Profiles coed __ Figure 2 5 System Properties Window 5 Click on the Hardware tab 6 In the Device Manager frame click on the Device Manager button You will see the Device Manager window appear as shown G Device Manager Of x SOPTSERV YM SRL Computer 2 SME scan or harvare changes H A DVD CD ROM dr Properties aS Floppy disk controllers Gi Human Interface Devices H E IDE ATAJATAFI controllers H S keyboards 3 Mice and other pointing devices FE Other devices ele Ports COM amp LPT ghi Sound video and game controllers eo Storage volumes fll System devices cz Universal Serial Bus controllers Figure 2 6 Device Manager Window 7 Select the Computer node click on the symbol to see the drop down list under Computer The leaf listed below Computer is your HAL model ACPI Uniprocessor PC in the example window above HAL models fo
151. er within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder where you want to save the file 4 Now that you re in the right folder you can type a new file name from scratch or select and edit an existing file name a To select an existing file name to change press the _ Fite ust button then use the UP and pown _ buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired file If you want to modify the name of the file you just picked press the _ Fite Name button on the bottom toolbar to put the cursor in the file name text box then use the keypad or keyboard if you have one to change the file name b To type a new file name press the _ Fite Name button on the bottom toolbar This will put the cursor in the File Name Text Box You can then use the keypad or keyboard to type the new file name 5 Press the _saverwe button on the bottom toolbar to save the contents of the file into memory x NOTE If at any point you no longer want to save the file press the cancer button or press the key 13 8 Manipulating Part Program Files You can use Editor Mode to back up part program files move part program files from one directory to another delete files or remove files 13 8 1 Backing Up a Part Program File To back up a part program file 13 9 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Pro
152. ersioBus interface system this results in 20 000 values for each data type These files can be sent to Soft Servo Systems Inc for debugging A sample data file for the ISR follows 16 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL AEPS Chapter 16 Troubleshooting default_ISR dat Notepad Efx File Edit Format View Help TSR Count TSR Duration TSR Interval 50 101 500 0 000 51 99 800 999 200 52 99 000 1000 000 53 99 800 1000 000 54 100 700 1000 800 55 106 500 1000 900 56 99 800 998 300 57 104 000 1000 000 58 99 800 1000 000 59 100 700 1000 amp 00 60 99 800 999 200 61 99 800 1000 000 62 99 000 1000 000 63 99 800 1000 000 64 99 000 1000 000 1144 r00 900 1145 400 900 1146 00 900 1147 100 900 Abnormal ISR samples ISR Count 1238 Interval 1650 200 VersioBus DBC module timeout None VersioBus IM module timeout None Figure 16 4 Sample default_ISR dat File 16 3 If the Homing Operation Does Not Seem to Work If Home Mode does not seem to work does not set the axes to their home positions it could be that the position loop gain is too small and needs to be reset 16 4 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC reg files 4 36 14 6 14 6 lt lt lt button 4 5 gt gt gt button 4 5 0 0 signal 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 1 1 signal 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 Ist Spindle Gear frame 4 25 2 2nd Spindle Gear frame 4 25 3 3r
153. eseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeasssneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeaaas 4 10 AAs ULL AO Aled A AUN US soriana irii arune EEIE EEE EEEE EEEE NEEE E E EEEE ESEE 4 10 44 7 Password SetUNgS sessicniuserssrerioisid aane n iani EAA Ea CEEA i EENES EAIN URRE 4 10 BEA Tool Measurer I ala MC ters siscrririrdrorinit enorer anor iE sne ENEE EEEO SEE EEEE TEE EEEE EE AORERE 4 10 4 5 Setting Servo Control Parameter Srccanasxwasavarvaumnanncanhienbonsnadusiasinhuvakdanesanavawhtnedwastamnennhaieksesianumbaenboceuensbensavanded 4 11 iii Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents 4 6 Setting Parameters for Safe Zones ccccccccccecccccccceecesssssssseeeeccceceeeeeeeaaaaeessssseeeeeeeeeceseceseeseeaaaaassaseseeseeeeess 4 14 4 7 Setting Smoothing Filter Parameters 20 0 0 cccccccccssssssssseseeecccccceeeceaeeeeaaaaeeessseeeeeecceeeeseesesaaaaassassssseseeseeeeees 4 16 4 8 Setting Parameters Related to Machine Error Compensation ccccsssssssseesseeeccceceeceeceesaaansaeesseseeeeeeeeees 4 19 4 9 Setting Parameters for PeCCrates voicci sccstoiccssstsascssnanssceeahocdevascduadsuseasdedageesedsesaqueiwagtonedaaddosiaceseedeasocgeeayeonedoeanass 4 21 4 10 Setting Home Paranie ers sjcsisassahecosesscractasdaonesesiamanteianoosduascaneddadantcdageesedsosaneqiageanetanddaniwathedssesocesenseonebseanars 4 22 4 11 Setting Mand W heel Parameters cancsc ccesseneeaiadanteeuecnstvondscnsnsveqentaexaisbdenextvedduausateunndedacneetieaanes enek
154. esseseecceeeeeceeeceaeassesssseeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeassaasseeeeeeeeeess 5 1 Se OV VIC A A A OE O N OE A A E EE AA A E tute sine O poteesoeeseree 5 1 51 2 Cycle Lime TIMI C QO Me esorcismi era E OERE EAE EAE OEE ENEE ENEAS 5 2 Ilo UICC SHu MAIC ALOR sessen E A EAOa 5 2 ILA Focdrate TGC ALOR o3 scecerecneosesensnesosoqunesanoaastannoqnacsesseuseaosequaesseounsebonecnotwosneacneaeeraceooeet ante AR EEOAE 5 2 Deli Locks Stats Indicators aoaccenciean ce sncasteiseneannecntnarnaseteaneeqoneactsseneanneannnactiven manne EEEE W ERNETEN ENEAN 5 2 5 1 6 Servo Loop Status Indicator ossssasaracexoaceauniecnnacoonsenuainvemenesadsinnneaenednnenaduceaeaanaenananssaenecnseenausaiasenvawadqnewaensigenes 5 2 5 1 7 Servo Drives On Off Status TAGiCatOrs scssccssccccccccsssassnsgnsusassaawecansgesoeasngnguaandasandacena pneacaganiiossatansenabaeetecsanns 5 2 5 1 8 Home Status Indicators Is the Axis at the Home Position eesseeseesesescesesresesrerssrcrssrcrssrrresrrreserreseeees 5 3 5 1 9 Override Status Indicators What Are the Current Override Settings 0 0 cccccccssssssesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 3 5 1 10 Overtravel Status Indicators Have the Software Limits Been Reached cnsecnserercescrrresrrresseeens 5 3 5 2 Specifying Information to Display in the Main Display Area ccccccsssssseesseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeaaaaaaeseseseeeess 5 3 5 2 1 What Information Is Available to Be Displayed 000 0 cccccssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeesssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 5 3 5
155. essing the __ connie button in the lower right corner of the ServoWorks S 100T screen You will be prompted for your password when the following window appears Password x Please enter the password ok P Cancel Figure 4 1 The Password Prompt Window The first time you use ServoWorks S 100T the default password will be softservo You can change your password as shown in Section 4 4 Setting General Parameters Including the Unit of Measurement NOTE Passwords are case sensitive so if you type SoftServo in the text box instead of softservo you will get the following message Password Invalid Password try again Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 2 Type in your password and click the OK button or press the ok button on the bottom toolbar In Configuration Mode you have access to 15 types of machine parameters and program configuration settings You will see the window shown in the following figure which allows you to access any of these types of parameters and settings ira Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go tol 00 00 00 inch inch inch inch ae X 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 TY oo HZ 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 a Feedrate inch min ia FIGURATION e SELECT 5 0 0 SCREEN Locks i my x z as General
156. eter Manager The parameter manager in Configuration Mode is a tool that allows you to specify the file where ServoWorks S 100T parameters should be stored and from which ServoWorks S 100T parameters will be retrieved upon program startup e Display Display parameters include selecting the number of significant figures to display for position data selecting four of the six position types to display in one display configuration and selecting two of the six position types to display in another display configuration e Auto Plot Auto plot settings include setting which position type to plot setting the part width and diameter the Z axis origin relative to the machine origin the zoom factor and plot orientation and when to start and stop plotting e Color Color settings include settings for the different parts of screen elements such as the main interface buttons the plot area the G code area and the data display You can also set the colors for different types of axis movement for those commanded with a handwheel for those in a cutting mode and for those in a rapid mode 4 2 Navigating in Configuration Mode To access system parameters of any type you must get into Configuration Mode an operational mode in which you can view and change machine parameters and configuration settings for ServoWorks S 100T The following steps will guide you in accessing any time of system or program parameter 1 Get into Configuration Mode by pr
157. evice Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Which diver do you want to install for this device eS m Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Mest IF you have a disk that contains the driwer you want to install click Have Disk Models ACPI Multiprocessor PC ACPI Uniprocessor PC Show compatible hardware Have Disk Show all hardware of this device class lt Back Cancel Figure 2 9 Update Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Window 1 of 2 13 Select Show all hardware of this device class and you will see the following figure 2 7 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat iieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Pia Ra Which diver do you want to install for this device Sy Select the manufacturer and model of pour hardware device and then click Next IF you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Manufacturers Models Standard computers ACPI Multiprocessor PC Compaq ACPI Uniprocessor PC SGI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC MPS Multiprocessor PC MPS Uniprocessor PC Standard PC Show compatible hardware Have Disk Show all hardware of this device class lt Back Cancel Figure 2 10 Update Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Window 2 of 2 14 Se
158. executed It is highly recommended that you set the home position for the X and Z axes immediately after starting ServoWorks S 100T before you use the program for any manual or automatic motion control You must set the home position for all axes before you can enter MDI or Auto Mode The following steps will guide you through setting the home position 1 Inthe Main Window of ServoWorks S 100T press the Home button on the bottom toolbar to enter Home Mode an operational mode that you can access only from Main Mode You will see the following window appear 3 8 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Cycle Time 00 00 00 Spindle rpm onus Feedrate inch min oo Program Pos inch 000 0000 000 0000 X Z HOME OPERATION N 7 Override MF RP SS Axis X Not At Axis Z Not At 100 f 100 100 l Home Home i l E o E E EE E E ral aR ea E EA L A ed BA Overtrayel _ x iL ae aa ee AXIS Z These display buttons show the Status of the homing operation Pressing these two buttons will start the homing operation for the X or Z axis SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T Actual Pos inch 000 0000 000 0000 Pressing the function key for this button will start the home operation for both the X and Z axes Pressing the function key for this button will interrupt the homing operation Figure 3 7 The Home Mode Window AXIS X 2
159. f 2 4 12 Figure 4 11 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 2 ssssssssssssseeererssssssssssssssecereerrrrrrssssssssssseseeresrresesssss 4 13 Figure 4 12 The Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 1 ccccccccccsssssssssssseeeececcceccccceeecesaaaeeessssseseeeeeeeeeseeenaaas 4 14 Figure 4 13 Top View of a Lathe Showing Safe Zones Area In and Area Out nuneeessssessssssssseeereresssssssssss 4 14 Figure 4 14 The Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 2 cccccccccccccssssssssssseseeeeecececeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 4 15 Figure 4 15 Top View of a Lathe Showing Chuck Barrier and Tailstock Barrier Points c ccc ccccccecseceeeeeeeeeees 4 15 Figure 4 16 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 1 oo cccccceceseeceeeeeeeeeecececeeeceeeceeeececeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 4 16 Figure 4 17 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 2 00 0 cccccccccsecceceeeeececececeeececeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 17 Figure 4 18 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 3 o c cc cccccccccsceccceeeeeeccceeeeeceeeecececeececeeeeeeeeeeseceeeees 4 17 Figure 4 19 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 4 cccccccccsceecececceccecececeeececececceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 4 17 Figure 4 20 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 5 u cccccccccccsscccceececcecccccceecececeeeceeeecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 4 18 Figure 4 21 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 5 with Plot ccccsccsseneccece
160. fault settings 4 7 setting feed override 14 5 Setting list box 4 50 4 51 setting program parameters 4 1 setting rapid override 14 5 setting system parameters 4 1 4 2 setting the external zero offset and workpiece zero point offsets 14 27 setting the home position 3 8 setting the operation support function switches 14 6 setting the part counter options 14 31 setting the relative positions 5 4 setting the timer 5 5 setting the workpiece coordinates back to the default settings 14 30 setting tool geometry offsets 14 22 setting tool offsets 14 14 setting up M codes 4 31 severe error HAL not supported by RTX 2 3 shift keys 1 4 1 5 1 6 shortcut keys for starting ServoWorks S 100T 3 1 shortcuts 1 5 1 6 Shut Down frame 4 8 shut down parameters 4 10 simulated movement 6 2 simulation mode 14 9 simulation version of ServoWorks S 100T 1 2 simultaneous interpolation with a spindle 1 1 single block 14 6 operational mode 14 7 switch 14 7 Skim cut 14 23 Smooth Filter frame 4 26 4 27 smoothing HandWheel Mode 12 5 SMOOTHING button 4 4 4 16 smoothing filter parameters 4 16 Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 1 4 16 Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 2 4 17 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 3 4 17 Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 4 4 17 Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area 5 4 18 Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area
161. fe Zones Parameters Display Area that shows the settings for chuck barriers and tailstock barriers To get to it press the _ Next button and you will see the following figure ZONES Chuck Barrier l Chuck Barrier Enabled pa Z P1 inch 0 0000 0 0000 P2 inch 0 0000 0 0000 P3 inch 0 0000 0 0000 Tailstock Barrier l Tailstock Barrier Enabled x Fi P4 inch 0 0000 0 0000 PS inch 0 0000 0 0000 Pb inch 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 4 14 The Safe Zone Parameters Display Area 2 Figure 4 15 Top View of a Lathe Showing Chuck Barrier and Tailstock Barrier Points button To get back to the first display area press the 4 15 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 7 Setting Smoothing Filter Parameters Press the _smootuine button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure aa FILTER ine SELECT Cutting ms Rapid Positioning ms X x Type Bell Shaped omoothing Time 1 50 50 omoothing Time 2 50 50 Type Bell Shaped omoothing Time 1 50 50 omoothing Time 2 50 50 Homing ms x Fi Bell Shaped x Type Linear omoothing Time 1 50 50 50 50 Smoothing Time 1 Smoothing Time 2 omoothing Time 2 Figure 4 16 The Smoothing Filter Parameters Display Area
162. ffset We recommend using this method to reduce the operator errors that are common with manual calculations of tool offsets Taking advantage of ServoWorks S 100T s Measure function will safer and more accurate than manual measurements 3 You can use the Auto Measure feature to set tool geometry offsets with tool measuring sensors on each axis NOTE You must have a keypad or keyboard to set tool offsets in ServoWorks S 100T 14 7 2 Accessing the Tool Offsets To access the tool offsets you must get into Offset Mode a sub mode in ServoWorks S 100T To get into Offset lil Mode press the __orrser__ button on the right toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T screen You will see the window shown in Figure 14 13 Lil Hi NOTE Ifthe __orrser_ button is disabled appears as __orrser_ it s probably because you have not set the home position for your axes You must set the home position see Section 3 4 Performing a Homing Operation B AA ah Press the HOME button on the bottom toolbar then press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all a W ol axes to their home positions at the same time Press the MAIN button to return to Main Mode The __ orrser button should now be enabled for you to select it 14 17 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Greene Program Pos 00 00 00 mm Spindle X 0000 000 ee Z 0000 000 l G 0000 00 Feedrate mm min 0 0 Locks Geometry Offset Measure x Z Programming in Diameter i
163. for your PC 15 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iiss Chapter 15 Exiting ServoWorks S 100T 15 2 Exiting from an Operational Mode If you are in an operational mode you should stop all motion then press the ___ mam button to get to Main Mode and then press the esc key on your panel PC if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard if you are using a keyboard to exit Alternatively if you are in an operational mode you can press the ESC key on your panel PC twice if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard twice if you are using a keyboard The first press of the Esc key takes you to Main Mode the second press causes ServoWorks S 100T to exit MAIN MODE MAIN MODE Figure 15 3 Exiting from an Operational Mode When you give the command to exit a dialog box will appear as shown in Figure 15 2 Press the OK button to exit or press the cance button if you decide that you don t want to exit NOTE If you have selected Quit S 100T and shut down PC from the General screen of Configuration Mode exiting ServoWorks S 100T will also invoke the shut down process for your PC 15 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat herein Chapter 15 Exiting Servo Works S 100T 15 3 Exiting from a Sub Mode 15 3 1 If You Entered the Sub Mode From Main Mode You can press the ___ main button or press the sub button again
164. ft Servo Systems Inc be liable for any damages or injuries resulting from any defect or omission in this manual Soft Servo Systems Inc makes no representation or warranty expressed implied or statutory with respect to and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy completeness sufficiency or usefulness of the information contained herein NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE SHALL APPLY Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Warning Important Notice SYSTEMS INC Important Notice The information contained in this manual is intended to be used only for the purposes agreed upon in the related contract with Soft Servo Systems Inc All material contained herein is subject to restricted rights and restrictions set forth in the contract between the parties These manuals contain confidential and proprietary information that is not to be shared with nor distributed to third parties by any means without the prior express written permission of Soft Servo Systems Inc No materials contained herein are to be duplicated or reproduced in whole or in part without the express written permission of Soft Servo Systems Inc Although every effort and precaution has been taken in preparing this manual the information contained herein is subject to change without notice This is because Soft Servo Systems Inc is constantly striving to improve its products Soft Servo Systems Inc assumes no responsi
165. gram Execution ccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeesseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeseeeees 14 8 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents 14 6 Proving a Part Prosta cscs senadecnaconesenacesensoneongsananactanntenadeanncadnsasaac dons iamedsenedeagcamee ariiraa iaaii iani 14 9 14 6 1 Proving a Part Program Using the Machine Lock Switch eeesssessssssssssseeereessssssssssssssssereressssssss 14 9 14 6 2 Proving a Part Program Using the Interlock Switch cecccceeeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseaeaaaanas 14 10 14 6 3 The Difference Between the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches cc ceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 14 12 14 6 4 Proving a Part Program Using the Dry Run Switch cc ceceeecceeeeecceeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaaaaas 14 13 14 7 SM Tool MG CUS a aaenccesaaostseccisenenananest O ene cela tent E E Ee EAEE 14 14 E Teg DOV CL 1 E E EE OE EE E E A E 14 14 14 7 2 Accessing the Tool OFSEtS isesisirecnioeniaitenniisc tearen iii nsira Ease aa aaeain 14 17 14 7 3 Manually Setting Tool Offsets nnnnneeesssseeeeeeeenssssssssssssssssescerreeeosssssssssssesecerereesosssssssssssssseeeeeeeeo 14 19 14 7 3 1 Moving Between the Text BOXxes cccccccccssssssssseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaaaeesenes 14 19 14 7 3 2 Changing Values in the Text BOXES 0 ccccccsssssssssseseeecceceeceeeeeaaeeessssseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeseanseseeees 14 20 14 7
166. grams e tp 1 Press the ekre button on bottom toolbar 2 If you don t see the _ sxerue button press the MORE button on bottom toolbar 1 to get to bottom toolbar 2 see Figure 13 1 2 If you re not in the drive you want to be in the drive where the file you re trying to back up is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Pressthe __ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 3 If you re not in the desired folder the folder where the file you re trying to back up is located a Pressthe _ rower button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be backed up 4 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ reust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 5 Use the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the desired file 6 Press the __ cont a button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file You will see the following window appear Data Destination File I c al MA
167. he machine position and the real actual feedback position You can set the Display parameters in Configuration Mode to specify which items you want to display which four of these six or which two of these six depending upon which preset display configuration you choose you want to display See Section 4 16 Setting Display Parameters 5 2 1 2 Clearing the Relative Positions For the relative positions to be useful you need to clear the relative positions set them back to zero occasionally so that you create a position from which to measure You must be in Screen Mode press the __screen__ button to get into Screen Mode To clear all relative positions for the X Z and C axes press the __set ros button 5 2 1 3 A Plot of Tool Trajectory A plot of the tool trajectory can be displayed with the vertical coordinates representing either the X axis or the Z axis See Section 5 3 Plotting Motion Using Plot Mode for more information regarding all of the options available to you in viewing plots 5 2 1 4 Statistics Information The information included in the Statistics frame see Figure 5 3 includes e Part Number part number of the current workpiece being produced NOTE This is only relevant in Auto Mode e Date and Time the current date and time e Run Time how long ServoWorks S 100T has been up and running e Ave Cutting Time the average cutting time per part of the production being
168. heck the IM 200 box you are indicating that there is an IM 200 in your ServoWorks S 100T system 4 4 4 Machine Unit Parameters Refer to Section 2 2 HandWheel and Incremental Jog Machine Unit in the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual 4 4 5 Thread Cutting Parameters for G92 and G76 These parameters feedrate load factor chamfer angle and chamfer amount are used for the retraction thread cutting retreat at the end of the G92 thread cutting cycle and G76 multi pass cutting cycle so the workpiece isn t damaged by the retraction 4 4 6 Shut Down Parameters You can choose whether exiting ServoWorks S 100T see Chapter 15 Exiting ServoWorks S 100T quits ServoWorks S 100T only or also shuts down the PC 4 4 7 Password Settings The first time you use ServoWorks S 100T the default password will be softservo You can change your password by typing the current password which will be softservo the first time you customize your password settings in the Old Password text box and by typing your new password into both the New Password and Confirm New Password text boxes 4 4 8 Tool Measurer Parameters When the Tool Measurer parameter is enabled it enables the Auto Measurer feature in Offset Mode See Section 14 7 6 Using the Auto Measurer Feature to Set Tool Geometry Offsets Also you need to input the coordinates of the sensor locations of the tool measurers 4 10 Soft Servo SERVOW
169. hown in Figure 2 29 NOTE If the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window doesn t appear automatically click on the S1O0T_Install exe file and the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window will appear 2 Inthe Welcome to ServoWorks Installation window Figure 2 29 click on the ServoWorks S 100T button and you will see a PLC Installation window appear as shown in the following figure 2 30 Soft Servo SYSTEMS ING SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software PLC Installation PLC Installation LadderWorks PLC The installer is going to install servovvorks PLC on the system root folder please click Next to continue Install Install ServoVWorks PLC on the system root folder and automatically start swolc_link service on this computer Available only no old version is mstalled or it was completely removed io Cancel Figure 2 49 LadderWorks PLC Installation Window 3 Select Install and click the Next button LadderWorks PLC will install automatically and a default sequence program lad file will be precompiled then the following window will appear Ta PLC Installation Summary PLC Installation LadderWorks PLC This software product requires Laddervvorks PLC appropriately installed Congratulations LadderWorks PLC has been installed and swplc_link service is started The installation is successfu
170. igital 1 0 DC 120 In Out ie Bit 15 DC 120 1 0 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 09 Bit 08 oO Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go inch inch inch inch 000 0624 000 0624 000 0624 000 0000 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 Digital 10 IM 200 e Position information for the X Z n and C axes e Plot trajectory data e Digital I O for the IM 200 s Bit 31 IM 200 1 0 isil Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 C0000 00000000L C0000 U00000N 00000000 00000000 C0000 00000000L Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go inch inch inch inch 000 0624 000 0624 000 0624 000 0000 ee 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 Position information for the X Z 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 and C axes Statistics e Plot trajectory data Part Number f e Statistics part number date and Date and Time 12716702 4 41 53 PM f Se 00 06 45 time run time the average cutting Ava Caig Time WA time per part of the production Timer 00 00 00 f being run and the timer e Status of home amp limit switches Switches Home Switch Limit Switch Limit Switch Table 5 2 Screen Mode Options 2 of 2 5 2 3 Exiting Screen Mode To exit Screen Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the _ screen button press the esc key OR press the butt
171. ingle block operational mode 14 4 6 MST Codes Lock D e If you activate the MST Codes Lock switch by pressing the _mstocx_ button on the bottom toolbar it means that CNC code execution will skip not execute M codes S codes and T codes e If the MST Codes Lock switch is deactivated all M codes S codes and T codes will be executed without interruption 14 7 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 5 Using the Handwheel to Interrupt Program Execution ServoWorks S 100T allows you to suspend part program execution in order to use the handwheel You may find this function useful for using the handwheel to move a tool to another location in the middle of the execution of a part program To use a handwheel while in Auto Mode press the button on the bottom toolbar to stop part program execution because the CNC code execution must be suspended before ServoWorks S 100T will accept input from the handwheel Then activate the HandWheel Interrupt function by pressing the __syowH button on the bottom toolbar The xxowH button will appear highlighted and ServoWorks S 100T will allow the motion to be controlled by the handwheel in lieu of part program execution When the HandWheel Interrupt button is selected a HandWheel frame appears in the Mode Display Area to display the handwheel settings as shown Modal Gil GOI G96 99
172. iple frame of the HandWheel Window The selected multiplier will be highlighted e 1 indicates a multiplier of 1 which will be applied to the machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 1 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement of 0 001 mm e 10 indicates a multiplier of 10 which will be applied to the machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 10 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement of 0 01 mm e 100 indicates a multiplier of 100 which will be applied to the machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 100 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement of 0 10 mm The HandWheel Pulse frame of the HandWheel Window will display the total position command since you went into HandWheel Mode in either millimeters or inches Don t let this confuse you The multiplier 1 10 or 100 is not applied to millimeters or inches but to the machine unit parameter specified in the General screen of Configuration Mode You need to specify which axis to move There are two ways to do this You can use the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to select which axis to move Or you can press f gt AXIS s __ button on the bottom to toggle through the axes and to select an axis This overrides the settings on the HW 100 Axis Selec
173. is a particular direction forward or backward and a particular speed jog feedrate low medium or high as defined by the Feedrate settings in Configuration Mode and a feed override percentage for the motion and you start and stop the Jog Continuous Mode cycle You re commanding one axis of your lathe to move in a specific direction at a specific speed for an unspecified time continuous motion until you specifically stop that motion Jog Incremental Mode is a control mode where you command one axis of the machine to move a specified distance In ServoWorks S 100T you specify a Distance to Go relative to the current axis location The distance to go that you specify is not an absolute value rather this value is given in pulses which is multiplied by the machine unit set for ServoWorks S 100T The feedrate at which that axis will move is specified in the Feedrate screen in Configuration Mode To move the specified distance at the specified feedrate takes a specific length of time You can interrupt and restart motion as many times as you want while the axis is moving until the specified distance has been reached Rapid Mode is a control mode where you also operate one particular axis of the lathe manually Rapid Mode is very similar to Jog Continuous Mode you specify the axis a particular direction forward or backward and a rapid override percentage instead of the feedrate you specify with Jog Continuous Mode
174. is your chance to make any changes to the installation settings you have chosen If there is any information you want to change click the Back button as many times as necessary to get to the information or settings you want to change Otherwise if you are satisfied click the Next button and the program will begin installing automatically You will see the installation progress window shown as follows RTs Documentation cc program files ardence ite rteruntimercleasenctes pdf ST 858 l Figure 2 47 Installation Progress Window 20 You will see a Setup Complete window appear when the installation is complete as shown in the following figure Setup Complete Setup for rdence AT 6 1 is complete Yes want to restart my computer now No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup Figure 2 48 Setup Complete Window 21 This window is asking if you want to restart your computer now or later You MUST restart your computer now Choose Yes I want to restart my computer now and click the Finish button 2 5 3 Installing LadderWorks PLC and the ServoWorks S 100T Software 1 When your computer has rebooted the installation software will start automatically Gf the ServoWorks ServoWorks S 100T CD ROM is still in the CD ROM drive and the Welcome to ServoWorks Installation Window will appear again as s
175. ize is plotted correctly and correspondingly to the tool path e The Z axis origin relative to the machine origin e Whether or not plotting should start automatically if it s not automatic you would need to go to Plot Mode to start a plot e The zoom factor and plot orientation the default settings you can always change these by using Plot Mode e When to start and stop plotting which can be specified with either sequence numbers line numbers of part programs or with cycle time 4 40 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 Setting Color Parameters 4 18 1 Overview ServoWorks S 100T provides a set of default color parameters so it isn t necessary for you make any changes at all to your color parameter settings However because individual preferences vary among users these settings are available to you so that you can customize the way your display looks by changing the colors of the text and backgrounds for all of the items on the ServoWorks S 100T screen If you decide to customize your screen you may have to experiment a little bit before you find the color parameters that suit you best Color settings include settings for the different parts of screen elements such as the main interface buttons the plot area the G code area and the data display You can also set the colors for different types of axis movement for thos
176. l Click Ok to finish Figure 2 50 PLC Installation Summary Window 4 Click the OK button and a Windows Installer dialog box will briefly appear followed by a Welcome to the Setup Wizard window shown in the following two figures 2 31 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Brat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software Windows Installer Cancel Figure 2 51 Windows Installer Dialog Box i S 100T v3 80 Welcome to the Setup Wizard 100T The installer will guide you through the steps required to install 5 1007 v3 80 on your computer Click Nest to continue WARNING This computer program i protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized duplication or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil or criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Figure 2 52 Welcome to the Setup Wizard Window 5 Click the Next button and a Select Installation Folder window will appear as shown in the following figure 2 32 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software i S 100T v3 80 Select Installation Folder 100T The installer will install 5 1007 v3 60 in the following folder To install in this folder click Next To install to a different new or existing folder enter one below or c
177. lay data as if the axis were moving The following steps will guide you in proving a part program using the machine lock switch D 1 Press the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in the following figure my INTER Z ae INTER X Figure 6 1 Bottom Toolbar in Locks Mode 30 2 Ifyou want to lock the X axis press the __macux_ button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you between two states X axis locked and X axis unlocked See Figure 6 2 The lock status indications are shown in the status indicator area to the left of the screen Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEET Chapter 6 Manually Operating the Lathe Axis unlocked in Axis locked in both both forward and forward and backward backward directions directions Figure 6 2 Lock Status Indications for the Machine Lock Switch GS 3 Ifyou want to lock the Z axis press the __macuz button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you between two states Z axis locked and Z axis unlocked 4 Press the esc key to return to whatever manual mode you were in When you are ready to deactivate the Machine Lock s a 1 Press the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 6 1 8 ES 2 Usethe macux and _ macuz buttons on the bottom toolbar to
178. layed in the Feedrate frame and can only be changed in the Feedrate screen in Configuration Mode In this sense the distance to go that you specify is not an absolute value rather this value is multiplied by the machine unit set for ServoWorks S 100T The machine unit is the least input increment for ServoWorks S 100T the minimum unit of linear movement or distance that the actuator can be commanded to move The machine unit can be set in the General screen in Configuration Mode 9 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 9 Incremental Jogging Using Jog Incremental Mode For instance if the machine unit in your system is 1 000 mm and you specify a distance to go of 1000 pulses you re actually commanding the distance of 1000 mm If the machine unit in your system is 0 001 mm and you specify a distance to go of 1000 you re actually commanding the distance of 1 000 mm Be careful it is very important that you be aware of this distinction This is the only mode where you are specifying a distance in terms of pulses machine units not in terms of absolute distance millimeters or inches to go that you want to specify then use the example if you want to set a distance to go of 2000 pulses first use the and then select Custom This enables the slider bar with the slider bar set to 1000 which is the closest value to 2000 saving you time If yo
179. lect the appropriate new HAL type a If your HAL model was ACPI Multiprocessor PC or ACPI Uniprocessor PC choose Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC b If your HAL model was MPS Multiprocessor PC or MPS Uniprocessor PC choose Standard PC 15 Click on the Next button You will see the following warning message appear Update Driver Warning hardware IF the driver is not compatible your hardware will not work correctly and your computer might become unstable or stop working completely Do you wank to continue installing this driver AN Installing this device driver is not recommended because Windows cannot verify chat it is compatible with your Figure 2 11 Update Driver Warning 16 This is an expected message Click the Yes button and the following window will appear 2 8 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icici Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Start Device Driver Installation The device driver will be installed with the default settings The wizard i ready to install the driver for the following hardware device m Advanced Configuration and Power Intertace ACPI PC Windows will use default settings to install the software for this hardware device To Install the software for your new hardware click Hent lt Back Cancel Figure 2 12 Update Device Driver Wiza
180. lick Browse Folder C Program Files SoftServa 100T You can install the software on the following dives Volume Figure 2 53 Select Installation Folder Window 6 This window is asking for the destination directory where you would like to install your ServoWorks S 100T product You can accept the default destination folder listed and skip ahead to Step 8 or click the Browse button which brings up a Browse for Folder dialog box shown in the following window J Browse for Folder Select folder for the application Desktop My Documents Y My Computer B s Local Disk C H Documents and Settings B Program Files ly SoftServo gt ERT i WINDOWS Mi E Figure 2 54 Browse For Folder Window 7 You can choose or create a new destination folder When you are done click the ORK button 8 Click the Next button in the Select Installation Folder Window A Confirm Installation window will appear as shown in the following figure 2 33 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icici Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software i S 100T 3 80 Contirm Installation 100T The installer iz ready to install 5 100T v3 30 on your computer Click Nest to start the installation Cancel Previous Next Figure 2 55 Confirm Installation Window 9 Click the Next button and the ServoWorks S 100T installation will start automatically
181. ling with the ___ stop button in the lower right corner of the screen There is also an Emergency Stop button on the operator s panel of the lathe as required by law and a second Emergency Stop button on the HW 100 HandWheel which will work whether you are in HandWheel Mode or any other mode unless the HandWheel is turned off If you hit the Emergency Stop button on the HW 100 HandWheel you must twist this button clockwise as indicated by the Reset arrows on the top of the button to reset the Emergency Stop button to continue The button will pop up and be ready for use again 6 2 Using the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches 6 2 1 Using the Machine Lock Switch in a Manual Mode We recommend that you use the Interlock switch for motion control in manual modes rather than the Machine Lock switch However the Machine Lock switch is available to you in manual mode so its use is explained here When you use the Machine Lock switch you can lock either or both of the X and Z axes When you lock an axis with the Machine Lock switch it will be locked in both directions With the Machine Lock switch activated movement in manual mode will be simulated You can use a manual mode to move an axis that is locked with the Machine Lock switch but ServoWorks S 100T will not send those commands to the servo drive because that axis is locked However even though a locked axis will remain still the position data and the plot area will disp
182. lowing steps 1 Make sure you are in the Color Settings window of Configuration Mode 2 Press the ITEM button to put the focus on select the Item Selection frame This button also toggles you between the Element pull down menu and the Setting list box Use this button to select the Element pull down menu within the Item Selection frame NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the Element pull down menu Fe v 3 Usethe che and che buttons to select from the pull down menu the screen element to be changed Your options are e The Interface Display e The Button Display e The Plot Display e The G Code Display e The Data Display 4 50 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters NOTE If you have a mouse you can use it to directly select your choice from the Element pull down menu 4 Press the ITEM button to shift the focus from the Element pull down menu to the Setting list box Dh 5 Usethe _cue and ce buttons to select the color settings to be changed for the screen element that you have selected COLOR button 6 Now that you have chosen the screen element and color settings that you want press the on the bottom toolbar to switch from the Item Selection frame to the Color Selection frame NOTE If you have a mouse you can just click on the Color Selection
183. m Pos inch 000 0000 000 0000 000 000 Program Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 Zoom Facio Program Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 1 074 Machine Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 Machine Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 Digital Bit 15 Bal 14 Bia Bit 12 Bit 11 Bal 10 Hit 04 Bit 08 000 0000 000 000 Actual Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 Actual Pos inch 000 0624 000 0498 000 000 Dist To Go inch 000 0000 000 0498 000 000 Dist To Go inch 000 0000 amp e Position information for the X Z and C axes e Position information for the X Z and C axes e Plot trajectory data e Plot trajectory data e Position information for the X Z and C axes e Plot trajectory data e Digital I O for the VersioBus adapter board FP 60 FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 or FP 104 Table 5 1 Screen Mode Options 1 of 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations Press this a epee Information included in display to display this in the Main Display Area Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go inch inch inch inch 000 0624 000 0624 000 0624 000 0000 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 000 0498 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 e Position information for the X Z and C axes e Plot trajectory data e Digital I O for the servo interface module DC 120 or DC 150 D
184. mand Log shown as GIRS 2 The G Code Reference Tool shown as amp YZMSE 3 The M Code Reference Tool shown as TREES The active option will be shown with bright green text Select Command Log and you will see something similar to the following MDI OPERATION cmd Log e Modal Goo G97 00 x0 70 G21 G40 G29 G80 Gd3 G64 M 04 T 0000 B gt GOO X100 70 F200 l l i gt G21 S 0 rpm gt GOO x0 70 F 600 0000 ipm Figure 11 4 The Command Log Option in MDI Mode 11 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEES Chapter 12 Using HandWheel Mode Chapter 12 Using HandWheel Mode HandWheel Mode is a control mode where you operate one axis of the lathe at a time using the handheld HW 100 HandWheel component as shown in Figure 12 1 that is an optional component of ServoWorks S 100T or in fact any handwheel you make part of your ServoWorks S 100T system You use ServoWorks S 100T to specify the machine unit for the handwheel pulse under General settings in Configuration Mode Then in ServoWorks S 100T or on the HW 100 HandWheel you specify an axis and a multiple for that handwheel pulse These settings are displayed in ServoWorks S 100T Turning the dial on the HW 100 HandWheel starts the motion on the selected axis Emergency Stop Button NOTE this button works in all modes unless the handwheel is turned off SERVO SYSTEMS X10 X100 X1 1 X1000 7 Multiplier Selection Switch
185. me and limit switches is High When a switch is activated it will display as Low You can externally trigger the home switch the high limit switch or the low limit switch If the switch is set correctly you should see the state change briefly from High to Low to High again in the Axes Status window If the state doesn t change to Low when the switch 1s triggered then you know the switch isn t set correctly 5 2 1 7 Digital Local I O for the VersioBus Adapter Board You can view the status of input and output signals for the VersioBus adapter board the FP 60 FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 or FP 104 as shown in the following figure I O signals for the VersioBus adapter board can only be modified in Configuration Mode See Section 4 13 Setting I O Parameters 5 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL wai ie IME Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations Digital 1 0 FP 60 In Out In Out B 1i ihr Lp i414 lS a gt Bit 06 gt at a th HS a bile lS Bil hap wa Bit 11 Bt i Bi 0 Bni Bi Bni Binil Figure 5 5 I O Information Available for the VersioBus Adapter Board This frame displays digital input and output signals for 16 switches of general I O connectors Green indicates a signal of 1 and red Gi indicates a signal of 0 5 2 1 8 Digital I O for the Servo Interface Modul
186. n display area of the screen Make the desired changes to each parameter according to Section 4 3 Making Changes to Parameters 5 After you have made and applied your changes to the parameter type you chose in Step 3 you can press A the Esc key or press the quit button which will bring you back to the Configuration Mode Window At this point you can select another parameter type for which you want to view and or change settings Repeat Steps 3 5 until you are satisfied with the settings of each and every system parameter 6 Press the key to get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the __conrie button 4 3 Making Changes to Parameters This section will explain how to move among the different frames and text boxes for each parameter and axis how to use the buttons on the toolbar to change the values in these text boxes and how to apply save these changes This section assumes that you have already navigated to the window displaying the parameters you want to change 4 3 1 Navigating Among the Frames and Text Boxes To switch between frames or move from frame to frame press the ITEM or _ swicw button on the bottom toolbar Moving between the text boxes within a frame is very simple The selected text box is shown with a different color background than the other text boxes To move to a different text box press the LEFT To move between check box options within a frame use the For settings that
187. n in ServoWorks S 100T 1 3 ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition is an extremely useful version of ServoWorks S 100T in which motion control and hardware are simulated You can play with the software without having hardware or motors connected to your PC For instance you can jog an axis that doesn t exist and still be able to see the simulated movement reflected in the display of position data the plot display etc ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition does not require a VersioBus adapter board a FireWire PCI adapter board or a MECHATROLINK adapter board to be plugged in to the host CPU In a normal ServoWorks S 100T system the adapter board generates the outside signal that starts each servo loop With ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition a real time timer function replaces the interrupt service routine of the adapter board Servo lag is set to a theoretical value to replace actual feedback from an encoder ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition has three different purposes 1 Training ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition is the perfect vehicle to train operators to use ServoWorks S 100T People can try out ServoWorks S 100T without worrying about damaging real and costly hardware Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL BST here Chapter 1 Welcome to ServoWorks S 100T 2 Software Development With simulated motion control developers using ServoWorks S 100T as a basis for their
188. n manual mode 6 3 using the machine lock switch in Auto Mode 14 9 in manual mode 6 2 y verifying a part program See proving a part program VersioBus adapter board 4 28 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC VersioBus adapter board local I O 5 6 VersioBus I O module I O 5 7 VersioBus servo interface module I O 5 6 viewing a plot 5 10 viewing I O signals 4 28 W wear offset 14 16 Welcome Window 3 1 whole words 13 8 window elements See screen elements Workpiece Coordinate System frame 14 29 14 31 workpiece coordinate systems 14 27 workpiece coordinates 14 28 workpiece zero point offsets 14 27 14 28 WP C C button 14 28 14 31 14 32 XH SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index X X BWD button 8 3 9 3 10 3 X FWD button 6 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 X direction 4 9 X1 X10 X100 12 4 14 23 Z Z axis origin relative to the machine origin 4 40 Z BWD button 8 3 9 3 9 4 10 3 Z FWD button 8 3 9 3 9 4 10 3 ZOOM 5 12 ZOOM 5 12 zoom factor 4 40 5 11 zooming in and out of a plot 5 12
189. ndence AT 6 1 by clicking Cancel to exit Setup Ta Destination Falder C Frogram Files ardence FT Browse lt Back Cancel Figure 2 42 Choose Destination Location Window 14 This window is asking where you want to install the Ardence RTX files If you accept the default destination folder listed skip ahead to Step 17 Otherwise click the Browse button which brings up a Choose Folder dialog box shown in the following figure Choose Folder a x Please choose the installation folder Path C Program Files 4ardenceA TA Directories fo ch Ea Program Files C Accessories 4 Common Files Ca ComPlus Applicati Ci Elo TouchSysterne k Cancel Drives E c Network Figure 2 43 Choose Folder Window 15 You can choose a new destination folder by either browsing for a folder or by directly typing the path for the destination folder in the Path text box If you type in a path for a new folder that doesn t exist yet you will get the following dialog box Q The Folder C Program Files 4ardence RTs does not exist Do you want the Folder to be created Yes Mo Figure 2 44 Setup Dialog Box 2 28 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATERN Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 16 If you want to create a new folder click the Yes button then click the OK button in the Choose Folder window
190. ndow sicsucssescsvcsiesntansnesenintiteansaninatinancaacceaddendedentancdsandenccddadaacceacdencecdaseecdeandeacebananacete 3 9 Figure 4 1 The Password Prompt Window cccssssssssssseeeccecceceecceaaeseesssseseeeccceeeeeeeseeeeesaaaesssseeeeeeeeseeeeeaaageesnsses 4 2 Figure 4 2 The Configuration Mode Window ccccccccccccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 3 Figure 4 3 Example Frame with Settings for the X and Z AXES cccccccccccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Figure 4 4 Example Frame with Options cccccccccsscccccccccccccecccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeeeeess 4 6 Figure 4 5 The General Parameters Display Area 1 Of 2 cccccccccssssssssseeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeaaenses 4 8 Figure 4 6 The General Parameters Display Area 2 Of 2 cccccccccssssssssseseeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeaaasaesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeaaenses 4 9 Figure 4 7 Top View of a Lathe Showing X Direction Near Side and Far Side ou esecsseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 9 Figure 4 8 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 00 00 cccccccccccsssssesssseeeccceeeeeeeeeeeceaaaaaeessseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeqaaas 4 11 Figure 4 9 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 Showing A Servo Control Plot 1 of 2 0 4 12 Figure 4 10 The Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 Showing A Servo Control Plot 2 o
191. ne Lock switch after the execution of this block of code the position data would show the pt B coordinates for Pt B Z pia Pt C axis Tool trajectory you would see plotted with the Interlock switch after the execution of this block of code the position data would show the coordinates for Pt C X axis Figure 14 9 Plot and Data Display Comparison for Machine Lock and Interlock You can change the lock settings while you are in any control mode not just Auto Mode You can change the lock settings even while you are executing CNC code by using Locks Mode Going into Locks Mode only changes the buttons on the bottom toolbar and does not change the rest of the control interface Because of this you can quickly go in and out of Locks Mode to change the lock settings while still monitoring whatever mode you were in before you went into Locks Mode 14 6 4 Proving a Part Program Using the Dry Run Switch When you prove a part program using the dry run switch you can observe the tool path under the control of the part program without a workpiece loaded in the lathe to test the part program before running production Because there is no workpiece and yov re actually not cutting the lathe can run at a higher speed and you can expedite your dry run process Unlike proving a part program using machine lock both axes will actually move through the entire tool trajectory specified by the code in the part program 1 e cutti
192. ng HOME will vary according to which operational mode you are in For a sub mode you will see something like either MAIN SUB LOCKS which indicates that you entered the sub mode Locks Mode from Main Mode or JOG CONT SUB LOCKS which indicates that you entered the sub mode Locks Mode from the operational mode Jog Continuous Mode 3 3 Turning On and Off the Servo Drives Turn on the servo drives for the axes you want to use Usually you will want to turn on the X Z and S servo spindle drives The X and Z servo drives correspond to the X and Z axes and the S servo drive controls the rotation of the spindle To turn an axis on use the buttons on the operator s panel 3 7 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ais ie IMC Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T 3 4 Performing a Homing Operation Once you have started ServoWorks S 100T before doing anything else you should perform a homing operation on the lathe Doing so establishes the coordinate system for the lathe establishes the machine and home positions within that coordinate system and moves the axes to their home positions NOTE If you switch between open spindle drive type inverter or control type speed and closed index C axis you need to perform a homing operation If you have activated indexing or the C axis with the M19 code in a part program the homing operation for the C axis will automatically be
193. ng air You execute a dry run with the following steps 1 Make sure your part program file is loaded g3 2 Press the __pryrun_ button OF 3 Set the dry run speed by pressing the _ rNsro and _oANsPD buttons on the bottom toolbar This dry run speed will replace any feedrates set by the blocks of code in the part program being executed 2A 4 Set the rapid traverse feedrate override percentage by pressing the __ rro and __arro buttons on the bottom toolbar to decrease and increase respectively the percentage You can override the rapid traverse feedrate from 0 to 100 Because you re doing a dry run you probably want to set the rapid feedrate to 100 14 13 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL se Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Soft Servo G 5 To start the dry run press the ES button on the bottom toolbar During the dry run the line of code 9 being executed is highlighted To stop the dry run execution press the button on the bottom toolbar The dry run will be suspended immediately After you have stopped the execution of a dry run you can continue from where you left off by pressing the G stant button again The dry run will start again from the current highlighted block At any time you can restart a dry run from the beginning of the program or you can rewind or fast forward to begin execution from some specified block number See Section 14
194. ng the home switch the grid search speed home shift home position and home timeout as well as extra home positions reference positions e HandWheel HandWheel parameters include enabling or disabling HandWheel Mode and enabling or disabling handwheel direction change and handwheel encoder pulse accumulation e Spindle Spindle settings include a choice of servo or inverter drive the control type maximum speed settings speed check settings encoder parameter settings and motor parameter settings Spindle gear settings and spindle tuning for smoothing parameters are also included e I O I O parameters include I O settings for the VersioBus adapter boards FP 60 FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 or FP 104 the servo interface module the DC 120 or DC 150 and the IM 200 I O module s in your system For the IM 200 you can view digital I O status for the 32 inputs and 32 outputs of each IM 200 general I O module and you can change the status of the output signals For both the VersioBus adapter board and the servo interface module you can view digital I O status for 16 inputs and 16 outputs and you can change the status of the output signals e MCode For your convenience you can view the default M codes and you can set up and document new M codes for your machine by filling in a description of what each M code does 4 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters e Param
195. ni file located in your C drive C 2 Add NoExecute AlwaysOff case sensitive to the last line of the boot ini file If there is already a NoExecute line replace it with NoExecute AlwaysOff For example an acceptable line is multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 1 WINDOWS 0S name fastdetect NoExecute AlwaysOf A typical boot file is shown as follows P boot ini Notepad E File Edit Format View Help boot loader timeout 30 default multi OjdiskCOJrdisk O partition 1 WINDOWS ee systems mu u lti 0jdisk 0 rdisk Oj partition 1 WINDOWwS Microsoft windows xP Professional Edition fastdetect NoExecute Alwaysoff O x Figure 2 1 boot ini File 3 Restart your PC For more information please visit Ardence s Tech Notes page on line at https support vci com technotes technotes_detail asp TechNoteID 172 Title Physical Address Extension PAE Support in RTX 2 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 2 3 Incompatible HAL Type 2 2 3 1 Overview of Issue There is a known compatibility issue between systems with certain Hardware Abstract Layer HAL types and RTX There are only two HAL types that are acceptable for use with RTX There are four other HAL types that can be converted to one of the two acceptable HAL types 2 2 3 2 Potential Problems Caused by Not Addressing This Iss
196. nt Low 100 0000 100 0000 Cont Mid 200 0000 200 0000 Cont High 300 0000 300 0000 Rapid Positioning inch min Type Linear Feedrate 600 0000 600 0000 Dry Run inch min Feedrate Cutting inch min Hax Feedrate 400 0000 Figure 4 24 The Feedrate Parameters Display Area Feedrate parameters include feedrate speeds for jog modes rapid traverse for Rapid Mode and Auto Mode and for cutting and for dry runs in Auto Mode You can also set which type of rapid traverse you want for GOO codes executed in Auto Mode linear or non linear 4 21 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 10 Setting Home Parameters button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Home Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure Disabled Figure 4 25 The Home Parameters Display Area Home parameters apply to the machine tool and you should seldom need to change them You should refer to the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual for a detailed discussion of each parameter what the parameter 1s its significance its possible values etc 4 22 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 11 Setting HandWheel Parameters
197. nternally calculated You will see that the Z Geometry Offset data value is updated and the Z Wear Offset data value is set to zero for the tool offset number you specified in Section 14 7 5 2 Selecting the Tool Offset a 10 Press the _ arey button on the bottom toolbar in order to save your changes This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system Be careful if you leave Offset Mode without pressing the __ aprry button all of your changes will be lost and you may or may not realize that your changes have not been saved 11 Press the button on the bottom toolbar to get to the second screen shown in Figure 14 14 14 24 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 12 Specify the X axis by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to f gt X or use the AXIS on the bottom toolbar to select axis X 13 Do a skim cut on the X axis An X skim cut is turn cutting which is used to measure the X offset t Optional thin template between the cutting tool and the part to protect the part s surface Figure 14 17 Touching Off to Set the X Axis Geometry Offset NOTE After the skim cut is done do not move the X axis 14 Now specify the Z axis by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 t to Z or use the AXIS on the bottom toolbar
198. o be starting up the Ardence RTX real time extension that works with your operating system to make real time motion control possible The ServoWorks S 100T G Code Parser is the part of the ServoWorks S 100T system that analyzes basic G code part program statements and also operates in real time The LadderWorks PLC Engine is a soft PLC module that is seamlessly integrated with the ServoWorks S 100T Engine into a single motion machine control application to provide uniform API functions The LadderWorks PLC Engine also operates in real time 2 Parameters will be loaded from the system registry automatically the program creates a set of default parameters if parameters are not already present 3 1 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 3 Starting Servo Works S 100T Once ServoWorks S 100T is started you will see the Main Window as shown in the following figure Status Indicator Area This area indicates the cycle time the actual spindle speed the actual feedrate the Status of axis locks the servo loop status the on off status of the servo drives for each axis whether or not the axis IS at the home position and whether or not the soft or hardware limits of the machine have been activated Right Toolbar This toolbar displays sub modes available to you whatever operational mode you are in Main Display Area This area displays the axes positions plots of tool trajectory the st
199. o the desired drive c Pressthe _ setecr button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 3 If you re not in the desired folder to be in the folder where the file you re trying to move is located a Pressthe rower button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be moved 4 Now that you re in the right folder press the _ rieust button to put the focus on the list box with the file names 5 Use the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to navigate to the file to be moved 13 11 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs P 6 Press the __ cont button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired file You will see the following window appear Data Destination File MAINPROG_DEMO dat 5 C acy Ej Program Files ySoftServa 100T_Simu This file will be moved to the following folder Click OK to complete Click Cancel to abort Figure 13 9 Move Prompt Window in Editor Mode 7 To get to the folder where you want to plac
200. ode 2 By using Screen Mode a sub mode However you can only make changes to these signals in Configuration Mode Screen Mode is for viewing only You can learn about Screen Mode and displaying input and output signals for the VersioBus adapter board the servo interface module and or the I O module s in Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations This section focuses on using Configuration Mode to view and change the status of I O signals I O parameters include I O settings for the VersioBus adapter board FP 60 FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 and FP 104 the servo interface module DC 120 or DC 150 and any optional IM 200 in your system For both the VersioBus adapter board and the servo interface module you can view digital I O status for 16 inputs and 16 outputs and you can change the status of the output signals For IM 200 I O module s you can view digital I O status for the 32 inputs and 32 outputs of each IM 200 general I O module and you can change the status of the output signals 4 13 2 Viewing I O Signals in I O Mode Press the 170 button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the frame for the FP 60 I O Settings Display Area shown in the following figure FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 and FP 104 displays are virtually identical TOGGLE FP 60 Digital 170 FP 60 In Out In Out Biti a bt 14 Bit 13 3 Bii Bit 11 a Bt 100 bits bt os Figure 4 31
201. ode these buttons would be disabled to avoid any conflict between commands given by ServoWorks S 100T and commands given by buttons on the operator s panel G 5 Press the __ start button on the bottom toolbar to start the spindle rotation The feedrate will be shown in the Spindle Status Indicator Area at the top left of the screen To stop the spindle rotation press the 8 stop__ button on the right side of the bottom toolbar ar 6 When you want to quit Spindle Mode press the MAIN button Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 8 Continuous Jogging Using Jog Continuous Mode SYSTEMS INC Chapter 8 Continuous Jogging Using Jog Continuous Mode Jog Continuous Mode the most basic operational mode of the lathe is a control mode where you operate one particular axis of the machine manually You specify the particular axis a particular direction forward or backward a particular speed jog feedrate low medium or high as defined by the Feedrate settings in Configuration Mode and a feed override percentage for the motion and you start and stop the Jog Continuous Mode cycle In Jog Continuous Mode you re commanding one axis of your lathe to move in a specific direction at a specific speed for an unspecified time continuous motion until you specifically stop that motion The following steps will guide you in commanding continuous jogging using Jog Continuous Mode 1 Make sure you are in
202. of 0 001 mm e 10 indicates a multiplier of 10 which will be applied to the handwheel or incremental jog machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 10 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement of 0 01 mm e 100 indicates a multiplier of 100 which will be applied to the handwheel or incremental jog machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 100 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement of 0 10 mm 5 Doaskim cut on the Z axis A Z skim cut is face cutting which is used to measure the Z offset 14 23 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL eee Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production l __ Optional thin template between the cutting tool and the part to protect the part s surface Figure 14 16 Touching Off to Set the Z Axis Geometry Offset NOTE After the skim cut is done DO NOT MOVE THE Z AXIS 6 Now specify the X axis by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 i gt to X or use the axs on the bottom toolbar to select axis X Then retract the X axis to a safe position 7 Press the BACK button to get to the first screen in Offset Mode 8 Specify the Z axis again by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to Z 9 Press the _ measure _ button to have the Z geometry offset i
203. of movement of that axis would be reflected in the display of position data and in the plot 14 10 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production The following steps will guide you in proving a part program using the interlock switch 1 In Auto Mode load and edit the part program file to be verified D 2 Press the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 14 5 ae 3 If you want to lock the X axis press the _ wrerx button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you among three states as shown in Figure 14 7 The lock status indications are shown in the status indicator area to the left of the screen Axis unlocked in Axis unlocked in Axis unlocked in both forward and the backward the forward backward direction but direction but directions locked in the locked in the forward direction backward direction Figure 14 7 Lock Status Indications for the Interlock Switch ay 4 If you want to lock the Z axis press the __wrerz_ button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you among three states as shown in Figure 14 7 5 Press the __tocks button on the right toolbar again or press the key to return to Auto Mode 6 Run the part program with the Interlock s activated 7 When you are ready to run production and want to deactivate the Interlock s a Pres
204. oft Servo Macro Specifications e Soft Servo Glossary for ServoWorks CNC Products and SMP Series General Motion Control Products e And all documentation for LadderWorks PLC l 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEET Chapter 1 Welcome to Servo Works S 100T See the Setup and Integration Manual for the VersioBus Interface System the Setup and Integration Manual for the FXI 40 Interface System or the Setup and Integration Manual for the MECHATROLINK Interface System for instructions on setting up your ServoWorks S 100T system NOTE System setup is not required for the Simulation Edition of ServoWorks S 100T See the LadderWorks PLC Manual for instructions on integrating PLC into your ServoWorks S 100T system 1 2 What You Can Do With ServoWorks S 100T With ServoWorks ServoWorks S 100T you can control motion either manually or automatically There are seven operational modes for manual control of the lathe 1 Jog Continuous Mode 2 Jog Incremental Mode 3 Rapid Mode 4 MDI Mode 5 Home Mode 6 HandWheel Mode 7 Spindle Mode There is one operational mode for automatic control of the lathe e Auto Mode in which you run G code part programs You edit G code part programs in Editor Mode a sub mode This manual explains how to operate the lathe in each of these modes plus how to set motor servo NC and many other parameters relating to the configuration and operation of the lathe and the display of informatio
205. omizing your display 4 41 Cutting G01 pull down menu 4 52 cutting air 14 13 Cutting frame 4 16 cutting time 5 4 Cycle Time 4 40 resetting 14 33 Cycle Time Indicator 5 1 5 2 D DAC 16 3 data display 4 49 4 50 Data Position Format frame 4 39 data recording and plotting 4 11 4 18 4 26 date and time 5 4 DC 120 4 28 5 6 DC 120 button 4 29 DC 120 I O button 5 9 5 10 DC 120 I O Settings Display Area 4 29 DC 150 4 28 5 6 DC 150 button 4 29 debugging 16 3 DEFAULT button 4 7 4 53 14 30 default M codes 4 31 default modal codes 14 33 default parameters 3 1 default sequence program 2 31 default settings of color parameters 4 41 4 53 of parameters 4 7 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC of workpiece coordinates 14 30 DEL FILE button 13 12 Delete Prompt Window in Editor Mode 13 13 deleting a plot 5 13 deleting part program files 13 12 desktop icon 3 1 diagram of the HW 100 handwheel 12 1 diagram of tool offsets 14 15 diameter display 4 9 difference between the Machine Lock and Interlock switches 14 12 DIRECT button 7 2 Direction frame 8 3 9 4 10 3 DIS button 9 3 DIS button 9 3 DIS SEL button 9 2 9 3 Dis To Go Pulse 9 3 Dis To Go Pulse frame 9 3 disabled output commands 14 9 disabling the handwheel 4 23 disabling the physical address extension PAE 2 1 display buttons 4 44 4 45 data 4 49 4 50 G code 4 48 interface 4 43 plot 4 46 4 47 DISPLAY button 4 4
206. on again Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATSE Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations 5 3 Plotting Motion Using Plot Mode 5 3 1 Overview You have several different options for plotting tool trajectory coordinates you can specify which of the X Z and C axes will be the vertical and horizontal axes you can change the scale of a plot by zooming in and out and you can move the plot within the plot area by panning left right up and down You can change the way the plot looks while you are in any control mode by using Plot Mode Going into Plot Mode only changes the buttons on the bottom toolbar and does not change the rest of the control interface Because of this you can quickly go in and out of Plot Mode to change the appearance of the plot while still monitoring whatever mode you were in before you went into Plot Mode 5 3 2 Viewing a Plot To view a plot you must first make sure that the plot area is displayed If the plot area is not displayed 1 Press the button on the right toolbar to enter Screen Mode Ten buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 5 8 SCREEN 2 Press any of the following buttons on the bottom toolbar _ rosecor_ will show position data and plot PLOT will show plot alone __FP so0 or _pcaz 10_ will show position data I O data and plot or INFO which will show a plot along with lots of other data 3 Press the Esc key to return to
207. on also puts the cursor in this text box 2 Type your command in the input text box For example G00 X10 0 F1 or M03 NOTE If at any time you want to put the cursor back to the input text box press the __ tren button This will put your cursor back to the most recent cursor position 11 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATSE Chapter 11 Manual Data Input Usine MDI Mode G 3 Press the __ start button on the right side of the bottom toolbar to start the execution of the block of code in your text box NOTE While the current block of code is being executed you can immediately press the araw button again and start typing in your next block of code You do not have to wait until the execution of the current block of code completes 34 4 To stop the motion before the block of code has been completely executed press the __ stor button on the right side of the bottom toolbar G To continue or finish execution of the current block of code press the __ start button again carwr button NOTE The only way to cancel the execution of the current block of code is to press the or to leave MDI Mode 11 5 Viewing the Command Log It may be helpful to view the command log to see which blocks of code you have executed To view the command log use the __ cue set button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main program window to toggle you among three options 1 The Com
208. only a plot in the Main Display Area to reflect the status of the Jog Incremental Operation While the selected axis is moving you cannot change the direction or the distance to go NOTE You cannot interrupt motion except by leaving Jog Incremental Mode When you want to quit Jog Incremental Mode press the MAIN button If motion is occurring when you try to quit you will see the following window appear 5 100T Alarm x incremental mode Are you sure that you want to quit JOG Ok Cancel Figure 9 2 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Jog Incremental Mode 4 Click the OK button or press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to get back to Main Mode NOTE It s recommended that you stop all motion before quitting Jog Incremental Mode 9 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 10 Rapid Positioning Using Rapid Mode SYSTEMS INC Chapter 10 Rapid Positioning Using Rapid Mode Rapid Mode is a control mode where you also operate one particular axis of the lathe manually Rapid Mode is very similar to Jog Continuous Mode you specify the axis a particular direction forward or backward and a rapid override percentage instead of the feedrate you specify with Jog Continuous Mode The percentage you specify refers to a percentage of the maximum velocity for that axis that you specified in the Feedrate settings in Configuration Mode You re commanding one axis of you
209. ons On Status PLOT el een aes oi t EDITOR DEFAULT SWITCH UP DOWN Sub Buttons Background Buttons Background e as E f A ES TE JOG CONT JOG INCR RAPID MDI HNDWHL AUTO SPINDLE CONFIG Figure 4 46 The Button Display 4 45 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 6 The Plot Display The part of the screen referred to as the plot display is a single area of the screen where tool trajectories are plotted The size of this area varies depending upon which option you choose in Screen Mode See Section 5 2 2 Using Screen Mode to Select Information to Display in the Main Display Area The plot display has color settings for three parts of the display Item Selection Element Plot Display setting Plot Background Plot Foreground Part Outline Figure 4 47 The Plot Display Item Selection e Plot Background the dominant color of the plot area e Plot Foreground the color of the axes and the color of the lines of the plot itself e Part Outline the color of the lines outlining the part The three parts of the display whose color settings can be changed are shown in the following figure 4 46 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL a Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Part Outline Plot Background Zoom Factor T M PN 7 Ay A 0 00 7 0 00 Nae Plot Foreg
210. ool number one corresponding to tool offset 21 which would be called in a part program with the code T0121 NOTE Whenever you use ServoWorks S 100T to automatically calculate geometry offsets the wear offsets automatically reset to zero The easiest way to automatically set tool geometry offsets is to use the handwheel to touch off the tool to the part The following steps will guide you through automatically setting a tool geometry offset for the X and Z directions 14 21 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 7 5 1 Starting the Process of Setting Tool Geometry Offsets 1 Ifyou haven t already done a homing operation press the __nome__ button on the bottom toolbar then as press the ALL button on the bottom toolbar to set all axes to their home positions Press the ar W MAIN button to return to Main Mode the __orrser_ button should now be enabled P 2 Make sure the spindle is stopped If itis not press the __sewoe button on the bottom toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T main program window You will then be in Spindle Mode To stop the spindle 4 rotation press the __ stor __ button on the right side of the bottom toolbar 3 Make sure the collet is open If the collet is closed open it by pushing the COLLET button on the operator s panel 4 Insert a raw material bar into your lathe Then pull the bar out to the proper leng
211. or the file Press the _ Fie name button on the bottom toolbar to put the cursor in the File List Box 2 8 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to complete the operation 13 14 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs NOTE If you change your mind and no longer want to rename the file press the Quit button on the bottom toolbar or press the esc key 13 9 Exiting Editor Mode v To exit Editor Mode and get back to whatever mode you were in before pressing the __evror__ button press the vy esc key OR press the Fa button again 13 15 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SLATES I Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Soft Servo Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 1 Overview of Auto Mode and CNC Part Programming ServoWorks S 100T uses industry standard part programming language for CNC programming with G M T B S and F codes You will write part programs from part drawings using this language to describe the shape of the part to be created Refer to Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs You will use Auto Mode an operational mode in ServoWorks S 100T to open and prove part programs and perform automatic CNC runs executing part programs You can get into Auto Mode as follows 1 Make sure you are in the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3
212. orks S 100T 3 1 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC starting the timer 5 5 Statistics 5 4 Statistics frame 5 4 5 5 Status Indicator Area 3 2 5 1 STEP NO button 14 34 STOP button 6 2 7 2 11 4 14 8 14 14 14 22 14 33 Stop servo loop status 5 2 stroke limits 4 14 sub buttons background 4 44 sub modes 3 4 exiting from 15 3 15 4 suspending part program execution 14 8 SVO CNTL button 4 4 4 11 SWITCH button 4 5 14 20 14 25 14 29 14 31 switches 5 5 Switches frame 5 5 switching axes 4 5 switching between open and closed loop spindle 4 24 system errors 2 1 2 3 system parameters 4 1 4 2 making changes 4 5 system registry 3 1 T tailstock barrier diagram 4 15 Tailstock Barrier frame 4 15 TASK button 4 37 4 38 testing a part program See proving a part program text boxes 4 6 theoretical tool position 14 14 thread cutting parameters 4 10 Thread Cutting Retreat frame 4 8 time 5 4 timer 5 4 5 5 TOGGLE button 4 30 toggling between the X and Z axes 4 5 tool geometry offset 14 15 14 16 tool location code diagram 14 21 tool location codes 14 16 Tool Measurer frame 4 9 tool measurer parameters 4 10 tool measurer sensors 14 26 tool movement comparison for machine lock and interlock 14 12 tool numbers 14 21 tool offset number 14 21 tool offsets 14 14 accessing 14 17 automatically setting using tool measuring sensors 14 26 automatically se
213. ow be enabled for you to select it 14 28 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Cycle Time 00 00 00 Spindle rpm Feedrate mm min Locks x Z Sero Stop X ao Z Home X eo Z Override MF RP SS Overtravel xX Z t AXIS DEFAULT Program Pos mm X 0000 000 rds 0000 000 C 000 000 es Workpiece Coordinate System Ext Offset mm Offset 1 G54 mm Offset 2 G55 mm Offset 3 G56 mm Offset 4 G5 mm Offset 5 G58 mm Offset 6 G59 mm Machine Pos mm 0000 000 0000 000 000 000 Chapter 14 Provin 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 dda 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 dlll SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Part Pro Actual Pos mm 0000 000 0000 000 000 000 Part Counter rams and Runnin Dist To Go mm 0000 000 0000 000 000 000 Part No o Counting At Activate M Code Counter M02 End of Program no rewind Activate M Code Counter Specified as M CODE BE SWITCH DOWN Sa CHG z9 Figure 14 20 The Coordinates Counter Mode Window CHG Production ie OFFSET te SS SCREEN EDITOR IE SIE IEE RESET ar MAIN gc APPLY You may need to press the __switcx to put the focus on the Workpiece Coordinate S
214. pdate Device Driver Wizard Start Device Driver Installation Window eeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Figure 2 13 Update Device Driver Wizard Completing Window ccccccccccccccccccccccceececeeccccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 9 Figure 2 14 System Settings Change Dialog BOX cccccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 9 Pigu 205 pat VIC OS CIC CTO arate soenan anaE EERE rors neat eecnneae toca ebb onnensneasneasteanmenenenentactmmanceinneasteanmeachenenitas 2 10 Figure 2 16 Control Panel Wid OW cacccadssenesanesnnncadaionnivaseasedonsseosnssanenatecenionsbequawaaslwasnidganianaesan sige seasnaasesiaapesandonneaaieienies 2 11 Figure 2 17 System Properties W MC OW sesrecsscvcaennsrecehecnsanedaaaedanscanwaadeuenionsbs quawnadwasosannwannaasniecahensouaetwaspedaaaignawaateicaninds 2 12 Figure 2 18 Device Manager Window sicsssecassareecenamsneaszaynaasadeannssaneaateuenionsbe quawsadwaanodgasgneecenomereasna unxeoaspedaadionnwaabecanids 2 12 Figure 2 19 HAL Model Properties WindoW wjiccscssecsrensocadassveosnesincaadouenionavoquaenadweanodansennneasneaahens ousesonaniedaasionnwaabenaniss 2 14 Figure 2 20 Hardware Update Wizard Welcome WiIndow cccccccccccssssssssssesseeeecceceeeeeeeaaaaaseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaaas 2 14 Figure 2 21 Hardware Update Wizard Choose Search and Installation Options Window cccccccccceseeeeeeees 2 15 Figure 2 22 Hardware Upd
215. r Standard Computers for Windows 2000 are 2 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software e Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC l Acceptable settings e Standard PC e ACPI Multiprocessor PC e ACPI Uniprocessor PC Unacceptable settings need to be changed e MPS Multiprocessor PC e MPS Uniprocessor PC 8 The next step varies depending upon your HAL model a If your HAL model is NOT listed above then RTX cannot be installed on your system Contact Soft Servo Systems Inc to discuss your options b If your HAL model is either Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC or Standard PC there is no need to change this setting Skip the rest of this section and proceed to Section 2 3 Installing Operating System Patches You already have the correct HAL model to start installing Ardence RTX c If your HAL model is ACPI Multiprocessor PC ACPI Uniprocessor PC MPS Multiprocessor PC or MPS Uniprocessor PC continue on to the next step 9 Right click on the HAL model the leaf listed below Computer and select Properties from the drop down menu as shown in Figure 2 6 A window will appear as shown in the following figure ACPI Uniprocessor PC Properties General Driver m ACPI Uniprocessor PC Driver Provider Microsoft Driver Date 1171471999 Driver version
216. r Mode if any will automatically open again 13 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs These text boxes tell you which of the following is visible the Find Tool the G Code Reference Tool or the M Code Reference Tool The G Code Reference Tool a z N reve Time G00 Positioning A O E 00 00 39 Me i WPCC Spindle cues i E S a O E rpm Ty 2000 0 PEN OFFSET Feedrate inch min eS l j uy SCREEN l Locks l Las x Z wets Locks Servo Vif a Stop X Z Home J i Xe zo man pieeo iM code F ee TA M Code Definition Override MF RP SS i a Sane ie eee reas i Moo Program Stop M05 Spindle Stop l FIN oo froo froo fe 1 Mol Optional Stop MO6 N A RRE AAT Overtravel M02 End of Program MO N A i I Match Case UP CHG M03 Spinde cw M08 CoolantOn a l l _ T Whole Words DN CHG i M04 Spindle CCW M09 Coolant Off xp airtel J MAIN P em ew ww we we we we we ww ww we we we ee M gt Sl w e U T NEW OPEN EDIT CHG SEL UP CHG DN CHG MORE SAVE SAVE AS The Find Tool The M Code Reference Tool Bottom Toolbar 1 Use these buttons to toggle between the two bottom toolbars Bottom Toolbar 2
217. r a constant turning speed or a constant surface speed in which case ServoWorks S 100T calculates monitors and adjusts the turning speed to maintain that constant surface speed 5 1 4 Feedrate Indicator The feedrate displayed is the coordinated feedrate of the movements of axes X and Z In Jog Continuous Mode Rapid Mode and HandWheel Mode which only allow you to operate one axis at a time the feedrate displayed is for the selected axis only 5 1 5 Locks Status Indicators The locks status indicator shows the lock status of the X and Z axes in both the forward and backward directions The letter F next to each axis stands for forward and the letter B next to each axis stands for backward The color red indicates locked and the color green indicates unlocked See the following figure Axis unlocked in Axis unlocked in Axis unlocked in Axis locked in both both forward and the backward the forward forward and backward direction but direction but backward directions locked in the locked in the directions Machine forward direction backward direction Lock only Interlock only Interlock only Figure 5 2 Locks Status Indicators 5 1 6 Servo Loop Status Indicator The servo loop status indicator shows the current status of machine movement Run indicates that motion is occurring Homing indicates that a homing operation has been started Stop means that motion is stopped there
218. r lathe to move in a specific direction at a specific speed for an unspecified time continuous motion until you specifically stop that motion The following steps will guide you in commanding rapid positioning using Rapid Mode 1 Make sure you are in the Main window of ServoWorks S 100T as shown in Figure 3 2 To get to the ar Main window press the MAIN button on the right toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T window E E 2 Press the _ napp button on the bottom toolbar of the ServoWorks S 100T Main window You will then see the following window 10 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 10 Rapid Positioning Using Rapid Mode eye Tune Program Pos Machine Pos Actual Pos Dist To Go E 00 00 00 mm mm mm mm WP C C Spindle 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 X URU E 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 Hi C eee 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 f _orrser Feedrate mm min 0 0 Locks x Z Servo Stop X ao Z Home X Z RAPID OPERATION I Axis Rapid Override Override I MF RP SS oy CZ 100 gt l KI gry 0 100 pep l melsti l l m rii iid Direction RESET a l l FWD BWD ae a MAIN These are function buttons that allow you to set the parameters for Rapid Mode motion These frames display the Rapid Mode settings and also allow you to set the parameters for the Rapid Mode motion if you have a mouse othe
219. r on which you are installing the Ardence software in order to get the Machine ID number then get the license key from another computer using that computer s Internet access then go back to the first computer to finish the installation Make sure you have Internet access from some computer before you start the installation procedure NOTE If you don t have any Internet access on any computer you can call technical support at Ardence at 1 800 334 8649 from within the United States or at 1 781 647 3000 from outside the United States You must provide the PAC the purchase authentication code number and the machine ID which you can only get by starting the installation procedure and an Ardence representative will go to the web site for you register you and provide your license key number over the phone Again you must have your machine ID before calling so you must have started the installation procedure to get that number before calling At the time of this writing Ardence s telephone technical support is available from 8 30 AM to 5 30 PM Eastern Standard Time If you plan to register by telephone you should perform the ServoWorks S 100T installation during those hours 2 19 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iii Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 5 The Installation Procedure 2 5 1 Starting the Installation The installation procedure includes installing and registering Ardence RT
220. rame 4 8 program measuring 4 9 14 26 program parameters 4 1 program position 5 4 program verification 1 3 proving a part program 14 1 14 9 using the dry run switch 14 13 using the interlock switch 14 10 using the machine lock switch 14 9 Q QUIT button 4 5 4 7 4 53 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 15 quitting Editor Mode 13 15 R radius display 4 9 Rapid GOO pull down menu 4 52 RAPID button 10 1 10 3 Rapid Mode 3 3 description 6 1 10 1 using 10 1 Rapid Mode Window 10 2 rapid override 14 5 Rapid Override frame 10 2 Rapid Override slider 14 6 rapid override percentage 10 2 rapid positioning 10 1 rapid positioning feedrate override 5 3 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC Rapid Positioning frame 4 16 rapid positioning override 4 10 rapid traverse 10 1 rapid traverse feedrate 10 2 14 6 real position 5 4 RealTime DLL 2 1 REC button 4 11 4 18 4 26 recording data 4 11 4 18 4 26 red LED 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 registration Ardence RTX 2 19 procedure 2 1 registry 3 1 registry files 4 7 4 36 14 30 14 32 copying moving removing renaming creating or restoring 4 36 4 37 creating 4 37 relative position 5 4 removing a registry file 4 36 4 37 Rename Prompt Window in Editor Mode 13 14 renaming a registry file 4 36 4 37 renaming part program files 13 13 renumbering blocks of code 13 7 required updates 2 18 requirements Internet access 2 19 RESET button 14 34 16 1
221. rcentages you want to set 14 4 Setting the Operation Support Function Switches 14 4 1 Overview ServoWorks S 100T has five operation support function switches that provide you with various options related to running CNC code These switches can be used alone or in combination These switches are often helpful for debugging part programs OPERATION SWITCH OFF STATUS ON STATUS Optional Stop OP STP Single Block 5 BLK Table 14 1 Operation Support Switches 14 4 2 Dry Run The Dry Run switch is used only for proving part programs and is explained in Section 74 6 4 Proving a Part Program Using the Dry Run Switch 14 4 3 Optional Skip e If you activate the Optional Skip switch by pressing the __ opr skip button on the bottom toolbar it means that CNC G code execution will skip not execute blocks of code marked as Optional Skip or Block Delete Code which mean the same thing You can specify a portion of a block as Optional Skip code by beginning such code with a forward slash or V two backward slashes 14 6 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL TEE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production e Ifthe Optional Skip switch is deactivated the block delete code will be ignored and all blocks of code marked as block delete code will be executed without interruption 14 4 4 Optional Stop e If you activate the Optional Stop switch by pressing the __ortstoe_
222. rd Start Device Driver Installation Window 17 Click the Next button and you will see the following screen Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Completing the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI PC Windows has finished installing the software for this device The hardware you installed will not work until pou restart Your Computer To close this wizard click Finish lt Back Eancel Figure 2 13 Update Device Driver Wizard Completing Window 18 Click the Finish button and the following screen will appear System Settings Change eae i x Q2 Your hardware settings have changed You must restart your computer For these changes to take effect F Do you want to restart your computer now Yes Mo Figure 2 14 System Settings Change Dialog Box 2 9 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATERN Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 19 You must click the Yes button to reboot your system When your PC has restarted you will be ready to continue to the next section Section 2 3 Installing Operating System Patches and to install Ardence RTX and the rest of the software 2 2 3 4 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows XP 1 Update the Emergency Recovery disk for your system in the event that an incompatible HAL choice leaves the system unbootable 2 From the Windows Start men
223. re not canceling changes that you have applied by pressing the __ ary button Once you apply your changes by pressing the _ apry button YOU CANNOT CANCEL OR UNDO THOSE CHANGES You would have to manually change each parameter back to the way it was 4 3 5 Setting A Set of Parameters Back to the Default Settings If you are not satisfied with your settings for some types of parameter you can set the entire set of parameters back to ServoWorks S 100T s default settings by simply pressing the _ peraut button NOTE Some types of parameters such as M codes and I O have no default settings Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL are Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 4 Setting General Parameters Including the Unit of Measurement 4 4 1 Overview aff Press the _ ceneran button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the General Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure pare Program M U Handwheel amp Inc Jog mm Unit of Measurement n 0 00508 0 00254 Millimeter Inch Thread Cutting Retreat G92 G 76 Feedrate Load Factor gt 000 Program Measuring Chamfer Angle deg ra Diameter C Radius Chamfer Amount mm T x Direction Shut Down C Far Side Near Side D i SL aes Quit S 100T and shut down PC Operator s Panel Password Setting IMFO 0 230 Old Password 550 50 120 New Password RPO 0 25 50 100 Confirm New M 200 Oper
224. reason use the Start menu on the desktop of your PC to select Programs then ServoWorks then ServoWorks S 100T Alternatively select the shortcut E on your desktop for ServoWorks S 100T either by double clicking on the shortcut with your mouse or with a keyboard by pressing the Ctrl and Shift keys together using the arrow keys to reach the icon then pressing the Enter key When you first start ServoWorks S 100T you will see the following welcome window appear Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC ServoWorks O AANT VAY Io Loading ServoWorks Motion Engine Figure 3 1 ServoWorks S 100T Welcome Window The following initialization procedure is executed automatically 1 The ServoWorks S 100T Engine the ServoWorks S 100T G Code Parser and the LadderWorks PLC Engine will be loaded automatically The ServoWorks S 100T Engine is the part of ServoWorks S 100T that actually controls the motion of the lathe and operates in real time As opposed to the ServoWorks S 100T HMI application which is just the interface to the ServoWorks S 100T Engine and which operates with split second delays that are transparent to the user The ServoWorks S 100T Engine controls the feedback control loop performs calculations pertinent to machine motion and sends commands to the servo drives which control the motors and thus control the lathe When you start the ServoWorks S 100T Engine you will als
225. round Figure 4 48 The Plot Display 4 47 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 18 7 The G Code Display The part of the screen referred to as the G code display is a single area of the screen where blocks of code are shown The area is only visible in Auto Mode The G code display has color settings for three parts of the display Item Selection Element GCode Display setting GCode Background GCode Foreground GCode On Status Figure 4 49 The G Code Display Item Selection e G Code Background the dominant color of the G Code area e G Code Foreground the color of the text of the G Code e G Code On Status the color of the text for the line of code currently being executed or that will execute when the operation begins or resumes The three parts of the display whose color settings can be changed are shown in the following figure G Code Foreground text color _ Finish Cutting G Code background ee Ml ul l l 1 l ee m m m m ee ee ee o ee X X X X X X X X l G Code On Status text color the background color is always the same as the G Code Foreground a a a a a a a 00390 G96 S600 M8 00400 G1 x0 0624 00410 G2 X 625 Z 3437 R 3437 Figure 4 50 The G Code Display 4 48 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the S
226. rse command the type of smoothing and the smoothing time constant for rapid traverse will be used for motion produced by commanded with a handwheel 14 6 Proving a Part Program You should always prove verify your part program before your set up your lathe for production Proving the program will check that the part program is correct and works to produce exactly the desired workpiece as efficiently as possible 14 6 1 Proving a Part Program Using the Machine Lock Switch When you prove a part program using the Machine Lock switch you can lock either or both of the X and Z axes When you lock an axis with the Machine Lock switch it will be locked in both directions With the Machine Lock switch activated the part program will be run essentially in a simulation mode All codes G M T B S and F codes will actually be executed by ServoWorks S 100T But for G codes that change the position of either or both axes the output commands are disabled so ServoWorks S 100T will not send commands to the servo drive because both axes are locked However even though both axes will remain still the position data and the plot area will display data as if the axes were moving When you turn on a Machine Lock switch ServoWorks S 100T stores the machine and program positions These positions are restored when you turn off Machine Lock The following steps will guide you in proving a part program using the machine lock switch 1 In Auto Mode lo
227. rwise you must use the function keys Figure 10 1 The Rapid Mode Window sip l EX EN 3 Select the rapid override percentage for the axis movement by pressing the ___rpo and ___RPo A buttons on the bottom toolbar The __rro __ button will decrease the rapid override percentage while the At EA rpo button will increase the rapid override percentage The selected feedrate is displayed in the Rapid Override frame The percentage you specify refers to a percentage of the specified system parameter of rapid traverse feedrate for that axis set in the Feedrate screen of Configuration Mode For instance if you set the rapid override percentage to 100 the machine will move the specified axis at 100 of its rapid traverse feedrate If you specify a rapid override percentage of 50 the machine will move the specified axis at half its rapid traverse feedrate 10 2 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iain Chapter 10 Rapid Positioning Using Rapid Mode NOTE If you have a mouse and a keypad or keyboard you can use the mouse to move the cursor to the text input box for Rapid Override then use a keypad or keyboard to type in the rapid override percentage If you have a keypad or a keyboard but NO mouse you can press the button to set the focus on the slider bar and then type in the rapid override percentage more quickly anywhere from 0 to 100 w Ry h To start and stop motion in Rapid
228. s etc NOTE You cannot press two keys simultaneously on the SSP 140 The panel PC workstation does not support two function keys at the same time 1 5 Selecting Toolbar Buttons Throughout this manual we will instruct you to press the a button In fact there are four ways to press or select toolbar buttons 1 Press the hard function key on the SSP 140 that corresponds to the toolbar button as shown in Figure 1 1 2 Ifyou have included a mouse as part of your ServoWorks S 100T you can single click the toolbar button directly with the mouse 3 Ifyou have a touch screen you can press the toolbar button on the screen with your finger 4 Ifyou have included a keyboard as part of your ServoWorks S 100T you can use the Shift keys together with function keys to select buttons on the toolbar Function keys arate FEE Left Shift Key Right Shift Key Figure 1 2 Keys Used to Selecting Toolbar Buttons Typical QWERTY Keyboard 1 4 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 1 Welcome to ServoWorks S 100T F12 ESEJE LIC EARI ES a Shift AFS Figure 1 3 Keyboard Shortcuts for Selecting Toolbar Buttons 1 5 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ais ie IMC Chapter 1 Welcome to Servo Works S 100T Function Key on the SSP 140 Equivalent Keyboard Shortcut Fl Fl F2 F2 F3 F3 F4 F4 F5 F5 F6 F6 F7 F7 F8 F8 F9 F9 F11 F12 Table 1 1 Keyboard Short
229. s Mode motion if you have a mouse otherwise you must use the function keys Figure 8 1 The Jog Continuous Mode Window 3 Select the jog feedrate for axis movement by pressing the _ reeose _ button on the bottom toolbar This toggles you among three preset feedrates High Medium and Low as shown in the Feedrate selection frame These preset feedrates are specified in the Feedrate screen in Configuration Mode Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 8 Continuous Jogging Using Jog Continuous Mode SYSTEMS INC 4 Select the manual feedrate override percentage for axis movement by pressing the ___mro and ax E mFo buttons on the bottom toolbar The __mro button will decrease the manual feedrate override percentage while the __mro __ button will increase the manual feedrate override The selected manual feedrate override percentage is displayed in the Feed Override frame The final feedrate the feedrate setting multiplied by the feedrate override is displayed in the Feedrate inch min or Feedrate mm min frame NOTE If you have a mouse it may be faster for you to use the mouse to move the cursor to the text input box for Feed Override then use the keypad or the keyboard if you have one to type in the desired feedrate override directly You cannot type a feedrate directly in the Feedrate inch min or Feedrate mm min frame
230. s display the total of all position commands since you went into Current settings of the two HandWheel Mode These numbers reset to 0 parameters that you set using every time you enter HandWheel Mode the HW 100 handwheel These function buttons allow you to set parameters for HandWheel Mode Figure 12 2 The HandWheel Mode Window 4 You need to select a multiplier which will be applied to the machine unit parameter a servo parameter you set in the General screen of Configuration Mode There are two ways to select a multiplier You can use the Multiplier Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to select one of three multipliers X1 X10 or X100 or you can select a ie multiplier level by pressing the _ mute _ button This button toggles through the three multipliers and overrides the settings on the HW 100 Multiplier Selection Switch until the next time you use the Multiplier Selection Switch Be aware that the settings in ServoWorks S 100T override the settings on the HW 100 handwheel itself Make sure you know which axis and which multiplier 1s active before using the handwheel to move an axis 12 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 12 Usin 5 HandWheel Mode cove coro The current multiplier setting whether selected with the Multiplier Selection Switch or with the _ Muttietr button on the bottom toolbar will be reflected in the Mult
231. s p 409 6 y Saenger 0 35 WY Plot Display Data Display Override MF RP SS kam A C97 G99 E Wg 640 G2 RAR Interface Display Overtravel M 08 T 0606 B 00 ies S 1000 r m kea N00840 M9 T0600 G Code Display oa E00 E No0850 G28U0 W0 M5 xe Figure 4 43 Screen Elements For Which You Can Change Color 4 42 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC 4 18 4 The Interface Display The interface display includes the basic screen background and the text labels on the screen It doesn t include any buttons on either the right toolbar or the bottom toolbar It doesn t include any text boxes which means it doesn t include the text boxes that display data or G code And it doesn t include the plot display area The interface display has color settings for three parts of the display e Interface Background the dominant color of the whole screen e Interface Foreground text e Interface On Status text indicating selected options The three parts of the display whose color settings can be changed are shown in the following figure Cycle Time 00 00 00 l S S SSS 7 4 Feedrate inch min Locks x Z Servo ii ez X o Z Interface Foreground typical Home X w Z Override MF RP SS
232. s setting Skip the rest of this section and proceed to Section 2 3 Installing Operating System Patches You already have the correct HAL model to start installing Ardence RTX c If your HAL model is ACPI Multiprocessor PC ACPI Uniprocessor PC MPS Multiprocessor PC or MPS Uniprocessor PC continue on to the next step Right click on the HAL model the leaf listed below Computer and select Properties from the drop down menu as shown in Figure 2 18 A window will appear as shown in the following figure 2 13 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icici Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software ACPI Uniprocessor PC Properties General Driver Details 3 ACP Unipracessor PC Driver Provider Microsoft Driver Date Te1r 200 Driver Version 5 1 2600 0 Digital Signer Microsoft Windows Publisher Driver Details To view details about the driver files Update Driver To update the driver for this device paipai IF the device fails after updating the driwer roll back to the previously installed driver Uninstall To uninstall the driver Advanced Figure 2 19 HAL Model Properties Window 10 Click on the Driver tab 11 Click on the Update Driver button to start the Hardware Update Wizard shown in the following figure Hardware Update Wizard Welcome to the Hardware Update Wiz
233. s the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 4 5 ea ae b Usethe wrx and _ wrenz buttons on the bottom toolbar to unlock both the X and Z axes You can change the lock settings while you are in any control mode not just Auto Mode You can change the lock settings even while you are executing a part program by using Locks Mode Going into Locks Mode only changes the buttons on the bottom toolbar and does not change the rest of the control interface Because of this you can quickly go in and out of Locks Mode to change the lock settings while still monitoring whatever mode you were in before you went into Locks Mode 14 11 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATE Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 6 3 The Difference Between the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches The first difference between Machine Lock and Interlock is that with Machine Lock you can only lock an axis completely in both directions while with Interlock you can lock an axis only in one direction the forward or backward direction The second and most important difference between Machine Lock and Interlock is in how the tool movement is displayed as position data and as a plot For instance let s examine a GOI code for linear interpolation that would normally cause the axes to move from point A to point B as shown in Figure
234. s unlocked in Axis unlocked in Axis unlocked in both forward and the backward the forward backward direction but direction but directions locked in the locked in the forward direction backward direction Figure 6 3 Lock Status Indications for the Interlock Switch my 3 If you want to lock the Z axis press the _ merz _ button on the bottom toolbar 4 Press the esc key to return to whatever manual mode you were in When you are ready to deactivate the Interlock s a 1 Press the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 6 1 my my 2 Usethe _owrerx and _ wrerz buttons on the bottom toolbar to unlock one or both of the X and Z axes 6 2 3 The Difference Between the Machine Lock and Interlock Switches The first difference between Machine Lock and Interlock is that with Machine Lock you can only lock an axis completely in both directions while with Interlock you can lock an axis in the forward direction or the backward direction but not in both directions The second and most important difference between Machine Lock and Interlock is that the Machine Lock switch will still let you manually input movement for a locked axis and see that movement simulated in the position data while the Interlock switch prevents you from even inputting movement commands for a locked axis Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL S
235. se key 2 19 2 23 license number See license key limit switches 4 14 5 5 line numbers 4 40 live tools 1 1 local I O for the VersioBus adapter board 5 5 lock status indicators 5 2 for the interlock switch 6 4 14 11 for the machine lock switch 6 3 14 10 locking axes 14 9 14 10 with interlock 6 3 with machine lock 6 2 locking M S and T codes 14 7 locking up 2 1 2 3 LOCKS button 6 2 6 3 6 4 14 9 14 10 14 11 Locks Mode 6 2 6 3 14 9 bottom toolbar 6 2 14 9 difference between machine lock and interlock 6 4 Locks Status Indicators 5 1 5 2 logic high 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 logic low 4 28 4 30 5 6 5 7 low voltage switch 5 5 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC M CODE button 4 4 M code counter 14 31 M code counter options 14 31 M Code Definition frame 4 31 4 32 4 33 4 34 4 35 11 3 13 4 M code definitions 11 3 13 4 M code parameters 4 1 M Code Parameters Display Area 1 4 31 M Code Parameters Display Area 10 4 35 M Code Parameters Display Area 2 4 32 M Code Parameters Display Area 3 4 33 M Code Parameters Display Area 4 4 34 M code reference tool 11 2 11 3 11 4 13 2 13 3 13 4 13 8 M codes 11 1 default 4 31 M CODES button 4 31 M codes parameters 4 4 4 31 M U frame 4 8 M01 14 7 M19 7 1 M20 7 1 MACH ERR button 4 4 4 19 MACH X button 6 2 6 3 14 9 14 10 MACH Z button 6 3 14 10 machine actual position 4 40 machine command position 4 40 machine compensation se
236. se of this you can quickly go in and out of Screen Mode to change the information on display in the Main Display Area while still monitoring whatever mode you were in before you went into Screen Mode The following subsections describe the information available to be displayed 5 2 1 1 Position Information About Each Axis The following positions are available for display in ServoWorks S 100T e Machine Position the command position measured from the machine origin Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEATAS Chapter 5 Monitoring the Status of Operations e Actual Position the feedback position of the X and Z axes the real current position of the axis obtained from encoder feedback e Program Position the desired position specified by the program the position that should have been generated by the command to the servo drive if there were no position error This position is with respect to the workpiece coordinate system e Distance to Go the distance the axis has been commanded to travel relative to its current position only relevant in Auto Mode Jog Incremental Mode or MDI Mode e Relative Position this position type is for your convenience You can specify an arbitrary position to track displacement from by clearing the relative positions press the _ serzero button From then on the relative position is measured from the last cleared position e Servo Lag the difference between t
237. seeeeeeeeeeeeeqaas 14 32 14 10 Running Production eessseessssssseeeeeeeerssssssssssssseecereresssssssssssssssseeceeeeeesssssssssssseeeereereosssssssssseesetereeesssssss 14 32 1410 1 PGi Git Run C hecklis ierre EEA EAEE TAEA TE AEO 14 32 14 10 2 Executing a Part Program ccccccccccssssssssssssesseeeeccecceeeeeeeaaseessnssseeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeaesssssseeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeaaaas 14 32 14 10 3 Rewinding or Fast Forwarding a Part Program cccccccssssssssssseeeecceceeeeeeecaaaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaagags 14 33 14 11 Exiting Auto Mode eniseo ara cua saseansinansiinceteninvasaanapia quneeatings vecansignoeseaauaeannscunmantleaaniianequawsataeieuaaiawsatinasMoashomuannetuasne 14 35 Chapter 15 Exiting Serv Works S 100D asinna AAA 15 1 I5 1 Exiting rom Man IVIOOG cs acasonacecacessgnseeyacasuas tact onanectesnanaueessangacesaus aE EO E Eaa 15 1 15 2 Exiting from an Operational Mode cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeesesseseesseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaseeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaagegssses 15 2 15 3 Exiting irom a SuD Mode esci aE aaia 15 3 15 3 1 If You Entered the Sub Mode From Main Mode ccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeens 15 3 15 3 2 If You Entered the Sub Mode From An Operational Mode ccccccccccccecsesssseeeseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaas 15 4 Chapter 16 TrOUDIES NOO DNO pirkai aE ENAA AARAA EEA EERROR 16 1 16 1 Resetting ServoWorks S 100T If E STOP Is Activated 0 0 0 0 ccccccccccccsse
238. shown as AOX 13 7 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs c The M Code Reference Tool shown as TES The active option will be shown with bright green text Select the Find Tool which will put your cursor in the text box in the Find frame The Find Tool specifically the Find frame is shown in the following window Find l Match Case UP CHG Whole Words DN CHG Figure 13 7 The Find Tool in Editor Mode 2 Once your cursor is in the text box in the Find frame type in the text code you want to find 3 Select which options to use for your Find operation You have a choice of two Sa a To choose Match Case press the __urcue_ button This means for instance that if you have typed g00 in the text box G00 in the file WOULD NOT be considered a match td b To choose Whole Words press the _ pycue__ button This means for instance that if you have typed F100 in the text box F1000 in the file WOULD NOT be considered a match T ES 4 Press the FIND button The cursor will jump to the first matching text in the Part Program Text window Pressing the FIND button again will take you to the next instance of matching text Keep pressing the FIND button until you either find the exact text you re searching for or until the text box reads as which means
239. sition Data select four Iw W Machine Position Relative Position M Actual Position Servo Lag iY Distance To Go Display of Two Types os Position Data select two W Program Position l Machine Position Relative Position M Actual Position Servo Lag Distance To Go Figure 4 40 The Display Parameters Display Area Display parameters include selecting the number of significant figures to display for position data selecting four of the six position types to display in one display configuration and selecting two of the six position types to display in another display configuration 4 39 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRINE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 17 Setting Auto Plot Parameters Press the _ aurortt_ button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Plot Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure PLOT Plot Plot Option Mach Actual gt E Width inch 400 0000 Diameter inch 250 0000 Z Origin inch 400 0000 V Automatic Start Zoom Factor 1 000 Plot Axes ZX C Cycle Time Sequence No Start from otop at Figure 4 41 The Plot Parameters Display Area Auto plot settings include the following e The selection of which position type to plot machine actual position machine command position program actual position or program command position e The setting of the part width and diameter so the part s
240. ss the key or press the MAIN button on the bottom toolbar If you had used Auto Mode to run a part program file you will see the following dialog box appear S 100T Alarm x AUTO mode Are you sure that you want to quit Ok Cancel Figure 14 25 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Auto Mode 3 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar to confirm that you want to exit Auto Mode X NOTE If you have changed your mind about exiting Auto Mode press the cance button on the bottom toolbar 14 35 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ESERE Chapter 15 Exiting ServoWorks S 100T Chapter 15 Exiting ServoWorks S 100T 15 1 Exiting from Main Mode To exit ServoWorks S 100T from Main Mode you must press the Esc key on your panel PC if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard if you are using a keyboard EXIT Figure 15 1 Exiting from Main Mode When you give the command to exit a dialog box will appear as shown in the following figure S 100T Alarm Are you sure that you want to exit OF Cancel 5 100T Figure 15 2 Dialog Box to Confirm Exiting ServoWorks S 100T Mj x Press the OK button to exit or press the cance button if you decide that you don t want to exit NOTE If you have selected Quit S 100T and shut down PC from the General screen of Configuration Mode exiting ServoWorks S 100T will also invoke the shut down process
241. sscscsssssesecrssesesecececarseseseseseserarnsesesesecarananeees 13 1 EARO Ct Wy tsar A E S E OE O N E E E O A PEN T E T 13 1 13 2 Getting Into Editor MOE scucainssuireasinemaveasbsaninnsiniadsnesanauantseeiiceyaousuantepatvanseqmmeanmeneswansags nedataadumaaiadinaweeneennaannvamugarede 13 1 13 3 Using the G Code and M Code Reference Tools ccccccsesseseeececeeeeeeeeeaeaaaeseseseeeecceeeeeseeeeeaaaaaaesseeaenees 13 3 34A Selecune a File TO Edit eerie csnonmnenacecahomonasenaganusaneandenaatensialgnneseiaasa sane EAS OEE EEE EIEEE EAER EE AE EAS 13 4 3 5 Editing Part Programs sesser soosse rana EE ERES EAA SEERE EEA ENEE EENE EAEE SEERNES EAE EEAS 13 6 13 5 1 Using the Editor and Keypad anaeroosarsnnsceccnaannonatuaanasana cuncsatolenionahe quawsaswlanvasndqhaesenomavensied unaesanetauaiannenaieneniess 13 6 e AI E a PE E S E AN E E E P A A 13 6 Ihe og ie ea he Fod Toolse o E renter aa 13 7 13 7 Saving Your File After Editing vc ascrcsccocaecenesssnnaasacesnnameaassuncabersamesavadsontareie meanedeanaatneageeasnaa bonne masastunnabersiagse 13 8 13 8 Manipulating Part Program Files wiscisasccccscesessesnneasacesane meaessunceberessansavaasontacege uesnedganaieszbagniaannaeniasmneastennabereinee 13 9 13 8 1 Backing Up a Part Program File cc cccecccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 13 9 13 8 2 Moving a Part Program File oo ccccsssssssssseeeecececeeeceeeeaaaessssseseeeecceeeeeeeseseaeaes
242. ssseeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeneeeeees 16 1 16 2 Using the Flight Recorder for Debugging eeeneeeessssssssssssseeerreressssssssssssseetrerrresssssssssssssssseeererreesssssse 16 3 16 3 If the Homing Operation Does Not Seem to Work cccccccccccccccccececeeeeeceaeeeeesesseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeauaesaeeeseeeeees 16 4 ING OX sisiicicnnnntininnniiinsieNaTinnTRRNETNid NT Ra aATINT VI Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents List of Tables Table 1 1 Keyboard Shortcuts for Selecting Toolbar Buttoms c cc cessessssseeeeecceceeeeeeeaeeesessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaageesnses 1 6 Labea bmw ye rele B Mod OPOS LOL 2 Bremen mer rere er E e meniey mr unnrn emer Mg yrs tue Tine EE 5 8 TAC 92 Ste cm Mode CO 20T Daag ace te el eet acs E E EEE te scion EEEE A ENEE E EEEE EEE 5 9 Table 12 1 Axis Selection Switch Settings for Machine Axes for the HW 100 HandWheel eee 12 4 Table T Opcraton SUpport S Wi tlc Sennen en ene aren een ent tet emer Th en ren er eee ner ee 14 6 VIL Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Contents List of Figures Figure l 1 ServoW orks 5 1001 SSP 140 User Interface oc cccccnedescecsancscccats canccusvcsncceavesnvcead dacdecedsenecdaedeacceadseneoanedeces 1 3 Figure 1 2 Keys Used to Selecting Toolbar Buttons Typical QWERTY Keyboard cccccccssseeetsseeeeeees 1 4 Figure 1 3 Keyboard Shortcuts for Selecting Toolbar Buttons
243. sssseeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeaesseseseees 1 3 1 5 Selecting Toolbar Dy UTLOMS y sracenanatacerecnneduseastionenoauta sunnah amnnsannewnetaaaneaned tonanatlesaninene quasdetiedenagdsanmecationsvedyadannuseitennnes 1 4 Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S LOOT SOftWALEe ssssssssssssssssscerrossesesesececrorsesesesececaraesesesececaesesesececevaraesesesesecarananeaes 2 1 POY CVC AEN A E E A E EE O A aesvoeces 2 1 2 2 Known Compatibility Issues with RTX ccccccccccccccccccsssessssseseeeececeeeeeeeeaeeeaaaaassssseseeeeeeeeeeeeesessassseeeeeeeeeees 2 1 AEO a W E AETAT EEE A AAA E A EA TA E A A AE 2 1 2 2 2 Physical Address Extension Enabled s ssoisssiiirisrirciisosiiisrinieriorrroriisiireineriii neninek enn iaae rene iia skans 2 1 De SC Oey be HAL Typo eneret aa a o E eaa 2 3 P AO T r O a E E A A A E EA 2 3 2 2 3 2 Potential Problems Caused by Not Addressing This ISSue ccssseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeees 2 3 2 2 3 3 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows 2000 2 0 0 cccccssessssesssesesseeeeeeeees 2 4 2 2 3 4 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows XP ceecssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 10 2 3 Installing Operating System Patches ccccccccccccccccceccceeeaaeeessseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaasseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaaageessees 2 18 2 4 Registering Your Ardence RTX Software and Obtaining Your License Key cc ce ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 2 9 The Install
244. ssssscsccssssssssssessrsesesecececavsssesesesecesseseseseceransnseoes 7 1 Chapter 8 Continuous J ogging Using J og Continuous Mode sssssssssissrisrisrisrissossnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnas 8 1 Chapter 9 Incremental J ogging Using J og Incremental Mode sssssssssssssssnnsnnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnas 9 1 Chapter 10 Rapid Positioning Using Rapid Mode usssssssssscsssssssssecscscsrsssesesececacorsesesesececavassesesesececavaeseseceravaesesesesetavananaeans 10 1 Chapter 11 Manual Data Input Using MDI Mode ssssssssssssssnsrnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn 11 1 Lil Overview Of MDI Mod seirian ii aE A aaa 11 1 T2 Gene mto MDE MOda EEEE N 11 1 11 3 Using the G Code and M Code Reference Tools ccccccesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeessseeeees 11 2 11 4 Entering and Executing Commands in MDI Mode ce eeeessesececceeeeeeceeeeaaeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaeeseesnesenees 11 3 11 5 Viewing the Command LOS oc iviscwssassacvecddsnsunceesaevveddencwecavaactinegtucsdaussaneelumouaeaunactinndhepsdautsboutnedanwenaeasaactiveddeddanees 11 4 Chapter 12 Using HandWheel Mode siscvwisisviscaiecaversdicisnevdsnvdrsineussativertiivrartedentsivuvransseisieuitsdnestniasinniisraneuNiinttiraNenETEANiTiNtANNS 12 1 Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part ProgramS ssssssssssssssss
245. ssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeqaas 13 11 13 8 3 Deleting a Part Program File cccssssssssseeeecececeeeceeeeaeaesssseseeeeececeeseeeeeeaeaesssseeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeqags 13 12 13 8 4 Renaming a Part Program File ccseeescsssssssseececeeececceeeaaaeseeseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeaeaaseseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeenaqaas 13 13 T9 Ee a Editor Mode a areascstsateascchemsnsetaerta cerseraeotacice cesaicen eE EE Ed E E E AE Erai a a Ea aa Erien 13 15 Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production sssssssssssssssssssceccrsssssesececcsrsesesesececarsesesesesesecacarsesesesesaransnseens 14 1 14 1 Overview of Auto Mode and CNC Part Programming cccccccccccccecccaesesesesseeseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeauaaeeeanseeeees 14 1 14 2 Opening and Closing a Part Program ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeseesseeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeasaesesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaaaaaaaaaeenes 14 3 14 3 Setting Feed Override and Rapid Override ccc ccccccccsssssseseseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaesesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeaaaaaesaaaees 14 5 14 4 Setting the Operation Support Function Switches cccccccseeeeeecceeeceeeeeaaaasesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeauaaasasseesenees 14 6 PET ON ON e E E EE E A 14 6 PE DE RE E E 14 6 PA OD n E T eee E E E R E E E EAE waned acahints 14 6 PEAR O O eea a E E R E E A dunineameeaaints 14 7 DN r E E ET EEA E A E S E A E EAN E AN O E T A waneeameeeamnts 14 7 LEONE EE oE EO ir E T E esse oeue see ner ease oe 14 7 14 5 Using the Handwheel to Interrupt Pro
246. ssssssssesectererrssssssssssssseeereerresssessssss 14 24 Touching Off to Set the X Axis Geometry Offset ccc ceeccssseeeececeeeeceeeeaaaeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaaaas 14 25 Calculating Tool Wear Offsets Top View of a Lathe ccccccccccccccccceceeeeeseeseesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaas 14 27 The External Workpiece Coordinate System cccccccccssssssssseseeeeeceeeeeeeceeeasaesasesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 14 27 The Coordinates Counter Mode Window ccccceccecececeeececeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 29 Counting At Frame M Code Counter Options ccssssssesssseeeeceeeeeeeececaaaaeesscseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaaas 14 31 Program FF B W Frame 1 Of 2 isiscn sctcecmcesesuansesacsantncadscmnntesdowdaseddouansadaasdedemanietcondussudaenssiaantucsinehibes 14 33 Prosram FEB W Frame 2 0f Z scacisssatincmsasuseaunsttenantncaieahnstecdewiuseddouansacactsenekaoseteonGanweaensseedantacsisehases 14 34 ALARM MESSAGE Alarm Code 52 0 ccccccccccccccssceeesssssseseesececceecccesscececscceesseeseeeeeceeeeeeseeuees 14 34 Confirmation Dialog Box for Exiting Auto Mode cc cesssesessseeeececeeeeeceeeeaaeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaas 14 35 Exits ron Man Mode aires snicnancennstescnsseaeasmateatceninveixewanih sow sunconaunesidaaxtucetsennbiesaominiuneiioranimecadewastaos 15 1 Dialog Box to Confirm Exiting ServoWorks S 100T ccccccccccceeeceeeceeeaeeeseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaaas 15 1
247. t into one component The SSP 140 s function keys surrounding the screen were specifically designed to work with ServoWorks S 100T With either of these panel PCs or with any other PC you can include an optional mouse an optional QWERTY keyboard or an optional touch panel in your ServoWorks S 100T system You will use ServoWorks S 100T to manually or automatically control motion and to view the status of the overall motion control operation including axis positions feedrates etc ServoWorks S 100T controls a spindle through an open or closed loop and has two axes that control tool movement ServoWorks S 100T supports indexing all axes simultaneous interpolation with a spindle C axis and live tools cutting tools with rotating edges This manual will explain how to use ServoWorks S 100T or ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition You should also refer to these other documents e Quick Start Guide for ServoWorks CNC Products e ServoWorks CNC Setup and Integration Manual for the VersioBus Interface System e ServoWorks CNC Setup and Integration Manual for the FXI 40 Interface System e ServoWorks CNC Setup and Integration Manual for the MECHATROLINK Interface System e ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual e Hardware and Wiring Manual for the VersioBus Interface System e Hardware and Wiring Manual for the FXI 40 PC Interface e ServoWorks S 100T Part Programming Manual e ServoWorks CNC Macro Programming Manual e Quick Reference Guide for S
248. tem in the event that an incompatible HAL choice leaves the system unbootable 2 From the Windows Start menu go to Settings gt Control Panel as shown Windows Update Winzip Programs Documents Control Panel Settings Network and Dial up Connections Search Printers Taskbar amp Start Menu 2000 Professional Help Run Shut Down Figure 2 3 Start Menu Selection 3 You will see the Control Panel window appear as shown ontrol Panel i _ O x L File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help Back p Search Uy Folders History LAs E x e ER oe x S yu E g Accessibility AddiRemove Add Remove Administrative Date Time Display Folder Options Fonts Options Hardware Programs Tools Gf o Game Internet Keyboard Mouse Network and Phone and Power Options Printers Controllers Options Dial up Co Modem Regional Scanners and Scheduled Sounds and vst Users and Options Cameras Tasks Multimedia Passwords Provides system information and changes environment settings Za Figure 2 4 Control Panel Window 4 Click on the System icon and you will see the System Properties window appear as shown Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat hieeele Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software System Properties i x General Network Identification Hardware Us
249. tered Plot Mode from an operational mode pressing the esc key will take you back to that operational mode 5 13 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEES T Chapter 6 Manually Operating the Lathe Chapter 6 Manually Operating the Lathe 6 1 Overview Performing basic motion operations by manually operating the lathe means that you are controlling the machine tool with manual commands to ServoWorks S 100T instead of loading and running part programs 1 e G codes to control the motion It does not mean that you are operating the machine directly with your hands except for HandWheel Mode as the term might seem to imply You can perform basic motion control operations using one of six manual motion modes available to you with ServoWorks S 100T Spindle Mode Jog Continuous Mode Jog Incremental Mode Rapid Mode MDI Mode and HandWheel Mode NOTE Another operational mode Home Mode is treated separately in Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T Auto Mode another operational mode is treated separately in Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production A brief explanation of these six modes follows Spindle Mode is a control mode where you start and stop the spindle and set the spindle direction spindle speed and spindle override Jog Continuous Mode the most basic operational mode of the lathe is a control mode where you operate one particular axis of the machine manually You specify the particular ax
250. ters DLE j Smooth Filter ms Spindle Type Are Smoothing Time 1 50 Smoothing Time 2 50 You can tune your smoothing parameters by pressing the button ServoWorks S 100T tunes by recording and plotting actual position data for the spindle according to your smoothing settings as shown in the following figure 4 26 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRIC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Cc iene Filter for Spindle Plot Completed Smooth Filter ms opindle Type Bell Shaped Smoothing Time 1 50 smoothing Time 2 50 ELLY NOTE The recording and plotting is based on the parameters that have been applied and are currently in the registry file If you have changed what is in the text boxes for servo control parameters but have not applied the changes you could be misled by what is being plotted The vertical axis is in voltage velocity position in millivolts and the horizontal axis represents time in milliseconds 4 27 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 13 Setting I O Parameters 4 13 1 Overview You can view the status of digital I O for the VersioBus adapter board FP 60 FP 75 FP 80 FP 95 or FP 104 the servo interface module DC 120 or DC 150 or the IM 200 I O module s in two ways 1 By using Configuration Mode an operational m
251. ters Manager you must first select a registry file unless you are creating a new file The procedure for selecting a file is the same whether you want to copy move remove rename create or restore that file The following steps will guide you through selecting a file 1 If you re not in the desired drive the drive where the file you re trying to load is located a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Pressthe __ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 4 36 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL MATRI Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the pull down menu and select the desired drive directly 2 Once you ve selected your drive you need to navigate to the folder where the desired file is located If you re not in the desired folder rover button on the bottom toolbar a Press the b Press the UP and _ pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder YB c Pressthe sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfolder within the folder you selected in step c Keep repeating these steps until you ve navigated to the folder that contains the file to be opened NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on
252. th part length plus some allowance in the Z direction for skim cutting 5 Close the collet by pushing the COLLET button on the operator s panel Now you have set up the tool offset with respect to the workpiece zero point lil 6 Press the _ orrser_ button on the right toolbar of ServoWorks S 100T screen to get into Offset Mode You will see the window shown in Figure 14 13 14 7 5 2 Selecting the Tool Offset 1 To select the tool offset you want to calculate click on select any text box for that tool offset number For example to enable Tool Offset 1 click on select any of the text boxes in Tool Offset 1 2 Input the proper tool location codes for each tool offset number based on tool direction location of tool tip angle of tool nose If Tool 1 has a direction of 3 see Figure 14 15 then its tool code would be 3 14 7 5 3 Starting the Spindle Rotation 1 Press the MORE button on the bottom toolbar to get to the second screen shown in Figure 14 14 OF 2 Press the __sreeo _ button or the _ sreeo button on the bottom toolbar to put the cursor in the input box of Spindle Turning Speed Type in the desired turning speed for example 1 000 RPMs NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the Spindle Turning Speed text box and type in it directly 3 Press the __senom button on the bottom toolbar to select either CW M03 or CCW M04 Spindle direction should match
253. the licensor If You DO NOT AGREE with those terms select DO NOT AGREE do not keep a copy of any part of the Product SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE READ THESE LICENSE TERMS BEFORE INSTALLING COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT INSTALLING COPYING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THIS LICENSE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE LICENSE TERMS RETURN THE UNUSED SOFTWARE PRODUCT WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD FOR A FULL REFUND IF THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT WAS ACQUIRED UNDER AN AGREEMENT WITH VENTURCOM INC THEN ADDITIONAL TERMS SPECIFIED IN SUCH AGREEMENT MAY APPLY TO YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE This License is an agreement between the Original Licensee hereinafter you and VenturCom Inc hereinafter VenturCom 1 LICENSE GRANT Subject to the terms set forth in this License you may use one copy of the enclosed Software and associated is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph cy 1 of the clause at DFAR 252 227 7013 Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software or subparagraphs c i1 and 2 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights of CFR 52 227 19 as applicable Manufacturer is VenturCom Inc Five Cambridge Center Cambridge MA 02142 VenturCom Inc Five Cambridge Center Cambridge MA 02142 United States of America Tel 617 661 1230 or 1 300 354 0649 Fax 617 577 16
254. the previous mode the mode you were in before going into Screen Mode or press the __screen_ button again When you are in any manual mode Jog Continuous Mode Jog Incremental Mode Rapid Mode MDI Mode Home Mode or HandWheel Mode the plot will not automatically display unless you have selected Automatic Start in the Auto Plot screen in Configuration Mode If you want to see the tool trajectory in these modes you must go into Plot Mode and start the plot which will be explained shortly When you are in Auto Mode and you run a part program the plot starts to display automatically as long as the Plot Area is shown in the Main Display Area The plot will be at the most recent zoom factor and orientation that you chose in Plot Mode If you haven t used Plot Mode to adjust the zoom factor or orientation then the zoom factor and the orientation that you specified in the Auto Plot settings in Configuration Mode will be used If these settings are unsatisfactory you can change them while running your part program by using Plot Mode To get into Plot Mode a sub mode that you can enter from any operational mode except Configuration Mode and start a plot 1 Press the Pot button on the right toolbar to enter Plot Mode The __ ptor button will be disabled if no plot area is displayed see above Ten buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in the following figure 5 10 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S
255. the tool direction or the way the tool is mounted 14 22 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATEA Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the preferred direction directly 4 Press the __spnon button to start the spindle rotation This button will then appear highlighted NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the __sPnon button directly 14 7 5 4 Turning on the Hand Wheel and Touching Off the Z and X Axes 1 Press the _nnoron_ button on the bottom toolbar to turn the handwheel on This button will then appear highlighted to indicate that HandWheel Mode is enabled NOTE If HandWheel Mode is already enabled and the __unoton button is already highlighted you don t need to press the button again 2 Ifthe HandWheel Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel or other handwheel is set to OFF turn it to one of the axes to turn the handwheel on 3 Specify the Z axis by turning the Axis Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to Z to select axis Z 4 Use the Multiplier Selection Switch on the HW 100 HandWheel see Figure 12 1 to select one of three multipliers e indicates a multiplier of 1 which will be applied to the handwheel or incremental jog machine unit If the machine unit is 0 001 mm and the multiplier is 1 then each click of the HandWheel Dial produces a movement
256. there are no more matches to be found 13 7 Saving Your File After Editing If you have edited an existing file and want to save the file with the same name in the same directory as the older version of the file press the ___ sav button on the bottom toolbar If however you created a new file or you want to save your changes in a different folder or under a different file name the following steps will guide you in saving your file in a new location or with a new name sh 1 Press the _ saveas_ button on the bottom toolbar Choices appear for file name directory drive etc 2 If you re not in the drive you want to be in the drive where the file you re trying to load is located 13 8 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATARE Chapter 13 Creating Editing and Manipulating Part Programs _ a Press the DRIVE button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired drive c Press the _ setecr button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired drive 3 If you re not in the right folder the folder where the file you re trying to save to is located a Pressthe _ rower button on the bottom toolbar b Press the UP pown buttons on the bottom toolbar to get to the desired directory folder c Pressthe _ sect button on the bottom toolbar to select the desired folder d Repeat steps a through c if you want to select a subfold
257. tio 75 Max Spd rpm 3000 000 Alarm Yar RPM Figure 4 27 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 1 There are many parameters relating to the spindle These are all explained in the ServoWorks S 100T Parameters Manual refer to this manual for a detailed discussion of each parameter what the parameter is its significance its possible values etc NOTE If you switch between open spindle drive type inverter or control type speed and closed index C axis you need to perform a homing operation There are two additional Spindle Parameters Display Areas To get to them press the button and you will toggle through the following figures 4 24 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters SPINDLE pe 2nd Spindle Gear Ist Spindle Gear z Min Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Output rpm 6000 000 W Enable Min Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Output rpm 6000 000 srd Spindle Gear 4th Spindle Gear W Enable Min Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Spd rpm 6000 000 W Enable Min Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Spd rpm 6000 000 Max Output rpm 6000 000 Max Output rpm 6000 000 Figure 4 28 The Spindle Parameters Display Area 2 4 25 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PATRIE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parame
258. tion Switch until the next time you use the Axis Selection Switch Whichever axis is selected will be reflected in the Axis frame of the HandWheel Window The selected axis will be highlighted NOTE you can only select either the X axis or the Z axis because HandWheel Mode operates on only one axis at a time If the servo drive for an axis is not turned on the button for that axis will be disabled AXIS SELECTION SWITCH i t f A 4 X i 5 Table 12 1 Axis Selection Switch Settings for Machine Axes for the HW 100 Hand Wheel If you select the Y axis or Axis 4 or 5 the handwheel will not be operational 12 4 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL BST RAE Chapter 12 Using HandWheel Mode 6 Turning the dial on the HW 100 HandWheel starts motion on the selected axis Motion will occur for as long as you move the handwheel dial You will see the position data of the selected axis change unless you are displaying only a plot in the Main Display Area to reflect the status of the Handwheel Operation The text boxes in the HandWheel Pulse frame will display the sum total of all position commands since you went into HandWheel Mode Each time you go into HandWheel Mode this number resets to 0 Motion will stop when you stop moving the handwheel dial Information about the motion such as axis position feedrate etc will be displayed in the ServoWorks S 100T screen In HandWheel Mode all
259. to get to Main Mode and then press the key on your panel PC if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard if you are using a keyboard to exit ServoWorks S 100T Alternatively you can press the esc key on your panel PC twice if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard twice if you are using a keyboard The first press of the Esc key takes you to Main Mode the second press causes ServoWorks S 100T to exit MAIN MODE MAIN MODE MAIN MODE Figure 15 4 Exiting from a Sub Mode Option 1 4 When you give the command to exit a dialog box will appear as shown in Figure 15 2 Press the 2 button x to exit or press the cancer button if you decide that you don t want to exit NOTE If you have selected Quit S 100T and shut down PC from the General screen of Configuration Mode exiting ServoWorks S 100T will also invoke the shut down process for your PC 15 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL iiss Chapter 15 Exiting ServoWorks S 100T 15 3 2 If You Entered the Sub Mode From An Operational Mode You must make sure no motion is occurring then press the __ man button to get to Main Mode and then press the esc key on your panel PC if you are using a panel PC or the Esc key on your keyboard if you are using a keyboard to exit ServoWorks S 100T Alternatively you can press the esc key on your panel PC three times if you are using
260. ton on the bottom toolbar The operation will be suspended immediately When you have stopped the execution of a part program you can continue from where you left off by pressing the G stant button again The program will start again from where it left off the current highlighted block Or you can restart the program from the beginning which is explained in the next section 14 10 3 Rewinding or Fast Forwarding a Part Program At any time you can restart a part program from the beginning of the program or you can rewind or fast forward to begin execution from some specified block number Restarting the program also resets the modal codes to the default modal codes cancels the local coordinate system and resets the Cycle Time to 0 00 00 To restart the program from the beginning the first line of code 1 Press the button on the bottom toolbar The buttons on the bottom toolbar will change REWIND 2 Press the button The Program FF BW frame will show the Rewind Program selected as shown in the following figure Program FF BY Rewind Program C Go To Block No Figure 14 22 Program FF BW Frame 1 of 2 3 Press the OK button on the bottom toolbar This will set the first line of your program as the current line the line that will execute once you resume operations This also resets the Cycle Time to 0 00 00 G 4 To restart the program press the FA button on the bottom toolbar
261. tories Support Login Home Licensing 7 Support Sitemap Licensing Support Plan Overview Client Login Tech Notes Your New License Key is RTX 612 750 Please save or print this page ou will need this License Key to complete the installation of your YVenturCom Product You will algo receive a confirmation email sent to re eoftservo com Home Corporate Products Services Partners Success Stories Support Login Contact Us Site Map Search Copyright 2003 Ardence Inc 29 Sawyer Road Waltham MA 02453 All Rights Reserved Legal Notice Figure 2 39 Sample Web Page for Ardence License Key Display 10 If you don t have Internet access click the No button in the question dialog box and instructions will appear as shown in the following figure as to how you can obtain your RTX license key from another computer WITH Internet access Also see Section 2 4 Registering Your Ardence RTX Software and Obtaining Your License Key for more information including how to register by phone if you don t have Internet access available to you on any computer Manual Registration E X IMPORTANT Manual Registration Instructions Without a way bo connect to the internet on this system you Will need to do the following On a system with a connection to the internet connect to the website http support ve com licenselicenseform asp Input the following data into the appropriate edit boxes PAC Number 5102 PA4C 139 59
262. tting using touch offs 14 21 calculating tool wear 14 26 14 27 XI SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index diagram 14 15 geometry offsets 14 15 14 16 manually setting 14 19 part dimensions and gauge template thickness 14 20 three ways to set 14 17 wear offsets 14 16 tool trajectories 5 4 tool wear offsets 14 16 14 17 14 26 14 27 toolbar buttons 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 toolbars 1 3 total tool offset 14 15 touch panel 1 1 touch screen 1 4 touching off 14 24 14 25 training people to use ServoWorks S 100T 1 2 triggering the home switch 5 5 troubleshooting 16 1 trying out a part program See proving a part program tuning 4 11 4 18 4 26 turning on and off servo drives 3 7 Turning Speed 7 2 TYPE IN button 11 3 U understanding the general status of the lathe 5 1 unit of measurement 4 8 4 9 UP button 4 5 4 30 4 36 4 37 5 13 11 3 13 5 13 6 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 14 4 14 19 14 30 UP CHG button 13 4 13 8 updates for operating systems 2 18 using a keyboard 1 4 using a mouse 1 4 using HandWheel Mode 12 1 using Jog Continuous Mode 8 1 using Jog Incremental Mode 9 1 using MDI Mode 11 1 using Rapid Mode 10 1 using Screen Mode to select what to display in the Main Display Area 5 7 using Spindle Mode 7 1 using the editor and keypad 13 6 using the Find Tool 13 7 using the hard function keys 1 4 using the interlock switch in Auto Mode 14 10 i
263. ttings 4 19 4 20 machine error compensation parameters 4 4 4 19 machine error parameters 4 1 Machine Error Parameters Display Area 1 4 19 Machine Error Parameters Display Area 16 4 20 machine lock difference from interlock 6 4 14 12 example 14 12 14 13 in manual mode 6 2 lock status indicators 6 3 14 10 machine lock switch 14 9 machine position 3 8 5 3 machine unit 9 2 12 3 machine unit parameters 4 10 maching tuning 4 11 MAIN button 4 53 7 2 8 1 8 3 9 1 9 4 10 1 10 3 11 1 12 2 14 1 14 17 14 22 14 28 14 31 14 35 15 2 15 3 15 4 main data background 4 49 foreground 4 49 Main Data Background 4 49 Main Data Foreground 4 49 Main Display Area 3 2 information available to display 5 3 Main Mode 3 3 Main Window of ServoWorks S 100T 3 2 VI SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Index making changes to a part program 13 1 making changes to system parameters 4 5 managing parameters 4 2 manipulating a part program 13 1 manipulating part program files 13 9 manual commands 6 1 manual control 1 2 manual data input 11 1 Manual Data Input Mode 6 1 manual feedrate override 4 10 5 3 manually operating the lathe 6 1 manually setting tool offsets 14 19 manuals 1 1 match case 13 8 Max Spindle Speed frame 4 24 maximum feedrate 14 6 MDI button 11 1 MDI Mode 3 3 description 6 1 11 1 entering and executing commands 11 3 using 11 1 MDI Mode Window 11 2 MEASURE button 14 24
264. tton ServoWorks S 100T tunes by recording and plotting data according to your smoothing settings Motion will occur during tuning and actual position data will be plotted E FILTER P Filter for Axis x Plot Completed Homing ms Mode smoothing Time 1 So NOTE The recording and plotting is based on the parameters that have been applied and are currently in the registry file If you have changed what is in the text boxes for servo control parameters but have not applied the changes you could be misled by what is being plotted The vertical axis is in voltage velocity position in millivolts and the horizontal axis represents time in milliseconds 4 18 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC 4 8 Setting Parameters Related to Machine Error Compensation a Press the _macnerr button on the bottom toolbar You will then see the Machine Error Compensation Parameters Display Area shown in the following figure paves ERROR COMPENSATION Display Compensation Data C Yes No Backlash Compensation l Enable Axis X Tn inch Enable Axis 7 0 0000 inch Pitch Error Compensation Enable Axis X Origin Interval finch x Values finch 1 0 0000 2 l Enable Axis Z Origin Interval finch Z Values inch 1 0 0000 2 3 0 0000 4 0 0000 3 0 0000 4 0 0000 5 0 00
265. tton toggles you between the two views shown in the following figure 14 20 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL ATER Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production Loc Code Near Side O Part Dimension Part Dia mm cur Part Len mm 0 00 SWITCH OR Template Thickness x Offset mm R 0 000 AX Loc Cade Offset mm R 0 000 X Far Side a ee of er Figure 14 15 Switching Between Tool Location Code Diagram and Part Dimension and Gauge Template Thickness Frames The location code refers to the direction angle of the tool tip the rouch location of the tool 3 Input the part dimensions where shown You may want to use a thin template between the cutting tool and the part to protect the part surface during measuring If this is the case input the gauge template thickness of that template If you don t use a template set the gauge template thickness to O 0 000 14 7 5 Automatically Setting Tool Geometry Offsets Using Touch Offs ServoWorks S 100T has the ability to automatically calculate the tool geometry offsets for you saving you a lot of time Usually the tool numbers of the tools in the tool turret are the same as the tool offset number For example tool offset number 1 would be for tool 1 and would be called in a part program with the code T0101 However it is not required that the tool code numbers be the same as the tool number You can have t
266. u go to Settings gt Control Panel or just select Control Panel as shown Administrator Internet Explorer i gt My Documents K Microsoft Outlook aa __ My Pictures Microsoft Excel k D My Music A Notepad ve Favorites it Adobe Reader 6 0 E Calculator g My Computer ca Outlook Express a My Network Places E Eontr ol Panel amp Set Program Access and Defaults Help and Support Search All Programs gt pa Log OFF oO Turn OFF Computer Figure 2 15 Start Menu Selection 3 You will see the Control Panel window appear as shown 2 10 Soft Servo SYSTEMS Nt E Control Panel File Edit i E Back Address View Favorites Tools Help ag Control Panel g Switch to Category View See Also windows Update ed Help and Support Intek F PROSet Wired t Network Setup Wizard OuickTime Symantec LiveUpdate Date and Time RealPlayer SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 2 Installing the ServoWorks S 100T Software Pi J Search Wea Folders Bee Add or Remov 2 amp Administrative Aubodesk Plot Tools Style Manager Folder Options Automatic Plotter Updates Game Controllers Mouse Display amp Java Plug in IntelifR Extrem 9 Internet Options Morton Secur resi Keyboard Network Connections Phone and Portable Media Power Options Printers and Modem
267. u have selected Custom the Dis To Go Pulse slider bar will be enabled To specify a precise OF distance to go press the DIS and __ms __ buttons on the bottom toolbar The DIS button OF will decrease the distance to go while the ___ pis button will increase the distance to go The selected feedrate is displayed in the Dis To Go Pulse frame NOTE If you have a mouse it may be faster for you to use the mouse to move the cursor to the text input box in the Dis To Go Pulse frame then use the keypad or the keyboard if you have one to type in the distance to go directly Me Be Bs 4 To start and stop motion in Jog Incremental Mode use one of the __ xFwo f X BWD Z FWD or Sa Z BWD buttons a X FWD selects the X axis in the forward direction w b X BWD selects the X axis in the backward direction 9 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 9 Incremental Jogging Using Jog Incremental Mode SYSTEMS INC c Z FWD selects the Z axis in the forward direction d Z BWD selects the Z axis in the backward direction The selected axis and direction will display in the Axis and Direction frames You can only select one axis because Jog Incremental Mode operates on only one axis at a time Press the function key for one of the above buttons to start and continue the motion You will see the position data of the selected axis change unless you are displaying
268. ue If you try to install RTX on a PC with an incompatible HAL type you may see the following severe error Severe Your system is using 4 HAL that is not supported by ATs 5 5 Please view the RTX 5 5 Release Notes for information concerning supported H lls and instructions on how bo change the H amp L on vour system with 4 supported one Detected HAL ACPI 1 0 AFIT platform UP of CPUs 1 Installation aborting Figure 2 2 Severe HAL Error Message It is possible that RTX will not prevent you from installing RTX on a system with a wrong HAL setting in which case this incompatibility issue could cause some serious system failures such as 1 Fatal application exit 1 e application crash 2 System lock up or freeze 3 System bug check 1 e Blue Screen of Death or Green Screen of Death You must check to see whether or not your PC has an incompatible HAL type and set your Windows operating system to use a standard HAL if it does For Windows 2000 see the following Section 2 2 3 3 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows 2000 For Windows XP skip ahead to Section 2 2 3 4 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows XP 2 3 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL erat herein Chapter 2 Installing the Servo Works S 100T Software 2 2 3 3 Checking Resolving Incompatible HAL Type for Windows 2000 1 Update the Emergency Recovery disk for your sys
269. unlock one or both of the X and Z axes 6 2 2 Using the Interlock Switch in a Manual Mode When you use the Interlock Switch es you can lock either or both of the X and Z axes Each axis can be locked in the forward or the backward direction but not in both directions With the interlock switch activated you can t use any manual mode that would cause the X axis or Z axis to move in w a direction that is locked For instance if you lock the X axis in the forward direction the ___x rwo button will be disabled in Jog Continuous Mode The position data and the plot area will display data for the actual movement of the axes For instance if an axis is locked in one direction there can be no tool movement in that direction and only the movement of that axis in the unlocked direction would be reflected in the display of position data and in the plot The following steps will guide you in proving a part program using the interlock switch D 1 Press the __ ocks button on the right toolbar to enter Locks Mode a sub mode Four buttons will appear on the bottom toolbar as shown in Figure 6 1 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL PEET Chapter 6 Manually Operating the Lathe P 2 Ifyou want to lock the X axis press the __mmerx_ button on the bottom toolbar This will toggle you among three states as shown in Figure 6 3 The lock status indications are shown in the status indicator area to the left of the screen Axi
270. utton 4 36 4 37 4 38 13 5 13 6 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 14 4 selecting a drive 4 36 13 5 13 8 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 14 4 selecting a file to copy move remove rename create or restore 4 36 to edit 13 4 selecting a folder 4 37 13 5 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 14 14 4 selecting and changing the input for the work point parameters 14 30 selecting color parameters 4 50 selecting from among options in a frame 4 6 selecting toolbar buttons 1 4 1 5 1 6 SEQ NO button 13 7 Sequence Number function 13 7 sequence numbers 4 40 sequence program 2 31 2 35 service packs 2 18 servo control parameters 4 1 4 4 4 11 Servo Control Parameters Display Area 1 4 11 4 12 Servo Control Parameters Display Area 2 4 13 servo drives turning on and off 3 7 Servo Drives On Off Status Indicators 5 1 5 2 servo interface module 4 28 servo lag 1 2 5 4 Servo Loop Status Indicator 5 1 5 2 ServoWorks RealTime DLL 2 1 ServoWorks S 100T Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC description 1 1 desktop icon 3 1 exiting 15 1 operational modes 1 2 ServoWorks S 100T CD ROM 2 1 ServoWorks S 100T Engine 2 1 3 1 description 3 1 ServoWorks S 100T G Code Parser 2 1 3 1 description 3 1 ServoWorks S 100T Part Programming Manual 11 1 11 2 13 1 13 3 ServoWorks S 100T Simulation Edition 1 1 1 2 SET POS button 5 4 SET TIMER button 5 5 SET ZERO button 5 4 setting a set of parameters back to the de
271. utton to put the focus on the Special Program Path frame 4 51 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters w 12 Use the Path button to toggle through and select which special program path setting you want to change Your choices are HandWheel Path which applies to all movements commanded using the handwheel Rapid GOO which applies to all movement commanded by GOO blocks of code in a part program or by GOO blocks of code given in MDI Mode and Cutting G01 which applies to all movement commanded by G01 blocks of code in a part program or by GO1 blocks of code given in MDI Mode Se 13 Use the __cne and __ ce buttons to select a color from the pull down menu for the special program path that you ve selected Your options are e Plot Forecolor in which case the special program path is indistinguishable from the rest of the plot e Red e Green e Blue e White e Black e Cyan e Magenta e Yellow 14 Repeat steps 11 and 12 for the other two special program paths 15 Press the __arpty button on the bottom toolbar to save your changes for the special program paths This saves your changes into a registry file in the operating system so these settings stay in effect until you change them Be careful If you do not press the ___arpty button you will lose the changes you have just made 4 18 10 Saving Your Color
272. venience you can view the default M codes and you can set up and document new M codes for your machine by filling in a description of what each M code does NOTE There are 100 M codes of which only 10 are displayed at any one time To scroll through all the M codes consecutively use the following figures buttons These will show you more M codes as shown in the 4 31 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icin Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Collet Open Collet Close NZA NZA Figure 4 35 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 2 4 32 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL AEE RRE Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Figure 4 36 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 3 4 33 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Figure 4 37 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 4 4 34 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Calling of subprogram End of subprogram Figure 4 38 The Valid M Code Parameters Display Area 10 4 35 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters 4 15 Using the Parameter Manager 4 15 1 Overview A complete set of current ServoWorks S 100T parameters can be saved as
273. x Direction Far Side Offset No 1 Servo x ok F mm 0 00 ace mm Stop a Z Chk Face mm 0 000 X Z Active Item Axis x Home Tool Type N A X 2 Z Override X MF RP SS jo ee pe 100 100 100 f Overtrayel x Zz SWITCH Bottom Toolbar 1 SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Production Chapter 14 Proving Machine Pos Actual Pos mm mm 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 00 0000 00 Tool Offset Compensation Os Axis X mm No Geom 1 Me 0000 0 000 2 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 0 Axis Z mm Wear Geom Wear 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 4 0 000 0 00 0 000 7 8 9 812121212121 2181812 10 0 000 0 000 0 000 More Use this button to get to the second screen In Offset Mode Part Programs and Running Dist To Go mm 0000 000 0000 000 0000 00 ii OFFSET COMPENSATION Tool Radius mm ae Geom Wear Code 0 000 0 000 0 0 000 0 000 0 ii 0 000 0 000 0 oe ar ene HAIN l Eg AUTO MSR i APPLY This button is only enabled if the Tool Measurer parameter in the General screen See Figure 4 6 of Configuration Mode is enabled Figure 14 13 The Offset Mode Window Screen 1 of 2 There are two screens in Offset Mode Press the following figure 14 18 button to get to the second screen shown in the Soft Servo SERVOW
274. y Ses Se yh cama ne ih Seman Samah ee nh eh es Gee el ae Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL Chapter 3 Starting ServoWorks S 100T SYSTEMS INC NOTE An RtxServer window will also open up on the desktop of your PC as shown in the following figure when the Ardence RTX real time extension is invoked by the ServoWorks S 100T Engine This happens automatically You won t need to use this window so you can use the button in the top right corner of the window to minimize the window Or you can use the Options menu to Write to Log File rather than Write To Screen this way the RtxServer window will not appear the next time you start ServoWorks S 100T fry AitxServer File View dines Help Soft Set w Write To Log File running Witte To Screen Log File Settings Screen Settings Service Startup Settings Figure 3 3 The RtxServer Window 3 2 Navigating Control Modes in ServoWorks S 100T There are three types of control modes in ServoWorks S 100T 1 Main Mode a single mode that controls all the other modes When you first start ServoWorks S 100T you will be in Main Mode Pressing the esc key on the SSP 140 keypad or the Escape key on your keyboard while in Main Mode will cause you to exit ServoWorks S 100T after the program prompts you to make certain that you want to exit the program 2 Operational Modes control modes that can be entere
275. y Area 4 23 HandWheel Path pull down menu 4 52 HandWheel Pulse frame 12 4 12 5 hard function keys 1 3 1 4 Hardware Limit Switch frame 4 14 hardware limit switches 4 14 high voltage switch 5 5 HMI 3 1 HNDL ON button 14 23 HNDWHL button 4 4 4 23 12 1 12 2 14 8 HOLD button 3 10 holding a plot 5 13 HOME button 3 8 4 4 4 22 11 1 14 1 14 17 14 22 14 28 14 31 Home key 13 6 Home Mode 3 3 3 8 Home Mode Window 3 9 home parameters 4 1 4 4 4 22 Home Parameters Display Area 4 22 Home Parameters frame 4 22 home position 3 8 Home Status Indicators 5 1 5 3 home switch 5 5 triggering 5 5 Homing 5 2 Homing frame 4 16 homing operation 3 8 HW 100 12 1 HW 100 handwheel diagram 12 1 I I O button 4 4 4 28 I O for the DC 120 150 5 6 Soft Servo SYSTEMS INC I O for the FP 60 5 6 I O for the IM 200 5 6 5 7 I O for the servo interface module 5 6 I O for the VersioBus adapter board 5 5 I O module 4 28 I O parameters 4 1 4 4 4 28 I O Settings Display Area 4 28 4 29 I O signals changing 4 30 viewing 4 28 identical workpieces 14 28 IM 200 4 10 4 28 IM 200 button 4 29 IM 200 I O button 5 9 IM 200 I O Settings Display Area 4 29 incompatible HAL type 2 3 incremental jogging 9 1 indexing 1 1 7 1 industrial panel PCs 1 1 INFO button 5 9 5 10 initialization procedure 3 1 inputting M codes 4 31 inputting part dimensions and gauge template thickness 14 20 installing
276. ystem frame The Q SWITCH button toggles you between the Workpiece Coordinate System frame and the Part Counter frame If you don t want to use the external zero offset you don t need an external workpiece coordinate system make sure the values in these text boxes are 0 14 29 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL icine Chapter 14 Proving Part Programs and Running Production 14 8 4 Selecting and Changing the Input for the Work Point Parameters 14 8 4 1 Moving Between the Text Boxes Moving between the text boxes is actually very simple The selected text box is shown with a different color DOWN buttons on the bottom toolbar to move in the desired direction To move between the text boxes for the X and Z axes press the AXIS button NOTE If you have a mouse you can click on the text box you want to select 14 8 4 2 Changing Values in the Text Boxes a Once you have selected the text box whose value is to be changed press the __ cne and __cus buttons on the bottom toolbar to decrease and increase the value in the chosen text box Holding down the function key for one of these buttons causes the value to change very quickly Quick individual key presses cause the value to decrease or increase by a value of 1 for each key press NOTE If you have a mouse you can type in the new value you want to input 14 8 4 3 Saving Your Changes In order to save your
277. ystem and Program Parameters 4 18 8 The Data Display The part of the screen referred to as the data display encompasses many areas of the screen where current data is shown Typically it shows current settings such as position information current control mode current settings for things like feedrate spindle speed rapid override percentage etc The data display varies for each operational and sub mode The data display has color settings for two parts of the display Item Selection Element Data Display setting Main Data Background Main Dat Foreground Figure 4 51 The Data Display Item Selection e Main Data Background the dominant color of the data areas e Main Data Foreground the color of the text in the data areas The two parts of the display whose color settings can be changed are shown in the following figure 4 49 Soft Servo SERVOWORKS S 100T OPERATOR S MANUAL SYSTEMS INC Chapter 4 Configuring the System and Program Parameters Main Data Foreground typical a we we we ee ee we wee em er er OF Program Pos Dist To Go r foot inch inch X 000 0000 000 0000 Z 000 0000 000 0000 C 000 000 000 000 RAPID OPERATION l wasn I Main Data Background Figure 4 52 The Data Display Area 4 18 9 Selecting and Changing the Color Parameters You must change and save one color setting at a time for each screen element You can do this with the fol

ServoWorks S-100T Operator`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents